Home > Master CSI tmp

CSI MASTER SPECIFICATION STRUCTURE

Fontana Touchless Faucets® Master CSI Specification

A coordinated 10-part technical specification framework covering general requirements, product engineering, performance, installation, maintenance, compliance, and approved-equal evaluation.

20
TOTAL PAGES
PART SPECIFICATION SECTION PAGES
01 Cover, Scope & General Requirements 1–2
02 References, Standards & Submittals 3–4
03 Manufacturer Qualifications & Quality Assurance 5
04 Product Requirements & Materials 6–7
05 Performance Specifications 8–9
06 Electronic Controls & Sensor Engineering 10–12
07 Installation, Commissioning & Field Quality Control 13–14
08 Operation, Maintenance & Lifecycle Requirements 15
09 Accessories, Options, Finishes & Compliance 16–17
10 Appendices, Specification Options & Approved-Equal Guidance 18–20
Page allocations may be adjusted as product families, optional clauses, compliance pathways, and project-specific schedules are added.
```
Division 22 · Plumbing Specification
```

Fontana Commercial Touchless Bathroom Faucets

Master CSI Three-Part Specification Package — Part 1: Scope, General Requirements, Design Intent, Coordination, and Administrative Provisions.

```
```
Specification Section Electronic Lavatory Faucets
Primary Division Division 22 — Plumbing
Document Type Editable Master Specification
Revision [Insert Revision Date]
Specifier Note Bracketed text indicates options or project-specific information requiring review. Delete notes, unused options, and nonapplicable provisions before issuing the final project specification.

1.1 Section Identification

This master specification establishes requirements for commercial electronic sensor-operated bathroom faucets intended for public, institutional, healthcare, hospitality, educational, transportation, government, and other high-use facilities.

The final section number and title shall be coordinated with the project specification index and the design professional’s selected MasterFormat structure.

Item Recommended Entry
Division Division 22 — Plumbing
Section [Insert Project Section Number]
Section Title Commercial Electronic Lavatory Faucets
Basis-of-Design Manufacturer Fontana Touchless Faucets®

1.2 Summary

Furnish complete commercial touchless faucet assemblies, including faucet bodies, electronic sensing devices, control modules, solenoid valves, power components, flow-control devices, supply connections, mounting hardware, mixing devices where scheduled, strainers, accessories, and components required for complete and operational installations.

Products shall be selected and coordinated to meet project requirements for mounting configuration, operating pressure, water temperature, flow rate, power source, sensor performance, finish, accessibility, serviceability, and applicable code or certification requirements.

Work shall include factory-supplied components, field connections, adjustment, testing, commissioning, cleaning, documentation, and turnover requirements described in this and related sections.

1.3 Work Included

Faucet Assemblies Deck-mounted, wall-mounted, single-feed, tempered-water, or other scheduled electronic faucet configurations.
Electronic Controls Sensors, control modules, solenoids, wiring, transformers, battery compartments, and backup power where specified.
Hydraulic Components Flow controls, aerators, laminar outlets, strainers, supply hoses, mixing valves, check valves, and isolation provisions.
Project Closeout Testing, commissioning, adjustment, maintenance information, warranty documents, replacement-parts information, and training where required.

1.4 Related Requirements

Coordinate this section with related specification sections and drawings. Related work may include, but is not limited to:

  • Common work requirements for plumbing systems.
  • Domestic water piping and shutoff valves.
  • Plumbing fixtures and lavatories.
  • Thermostatic or pressure-control mixing devices.
  • Electrical power, transformers, junction boxes, and low-voltage connections.
  • Casework, countertops, sinks, mounting surfaces, and penetrations.
  • Accessibility requirements and fixture mounting coordination.
  • Building automation or monitoring interfaces where specified.
  • Testing, balancing, commissioning, and project closeout requirements.

1.5 Design Intent

The design intent is to provide reliable, hygienic, water-efficient, electronically operated faucet systems suited to the anticipated occupancy, traffic level, maintenance program, water quality, electrical conditions, and operational requirements of the facility.

Faucet assemblies shall support consistent activation, controlled shutoff, stable flow, accessible servicing, component replacement, and coordinated installation with the selected lavatory, countertop, plumbing system, and power source.

Product selection shall consider long-term operation rather than appearance alone. The design professional shall evaluate hydraulic compatibility, sensor environment, service access, anticipated usage, finish durability, power continuity, replacement-part availability, and maintenance capability.

1.6 System Description

Commercial touchless faucet systems shall operate automatically when a user’s hands enter the intended sensing zone. Water flow shall stop automatically after the user exits the sensing zone or when the programmed safety shutoff period is reached.

The specified system may include infrared, Time-of-Flight, or hybrid sensing technology, depending on the selected product and project requirements.

Each faucet assembly shall be furnished as a coordinated system whose electronic, hydraulic, structural, and finish components are compatible and suitable for the scheduled installation.

1.7 Performance Objectives

Performance Area Design Objective
Activation Responsive, repeatable operation within the intended hand-washing zone.
Water Control Automatic shutoff and controlled flow appropriate to the application.
Serviceability Accessible filters, solenoids, power components, and replaceable service parts.
Durability Materials and finishes suitable for commercial use and expected cleaning procedures.
Coordination Compatibility with the lavatory, countertop, rough-in, supply pressure, power source, and mounting conditions.
Lifecycle Support Documented maintenance, replacement-part identification, warranty, and technical support.

1.8 Coordination Requirements

Before procurement and installation, coordinate the following:

  1. Lavatory and countertop dimensions, thickness, hole locations, and mounting surfaces.
  2. Required clearances above and below the fixture.
  3. Hot, cold, tempered-water, or single-supply configuration.
  4. Available static and dynamic water pressure.
  5. Electrical source, voltage, battery access, transformer location, and backup-power requirements.
  6. Sensor field conditions, including reflective surfaces, basin geometry, lighting, and adjacent fixtures.
  7. Accessibility clearances and operable-component requirements.
  8. Access for filters, solenoids, mixing valves, control modules, and shutoff valves.
  9. Finish compatibility with adjacent plumbing fixtures and accessories.
  10. Maintenance procedures and facility staffing capabilities.

1.9 Definitions

Basis-of-Design Product: A named product establishing the minimum design, performance, material, dimensional, finish, and serviceability requirements for the project.
Touchless Faucet: An electronically controlled faucet activated without conventional manual handle operation.
Sensor Zone: The intended spatial area in which user presence initiates faucet operation.
Control Module: The electronic component that interprets sensor input and controls solenoid operation.
Solenoid Valve: An electrically operated valve controlling water flow through the faucet assembly.
Commissioning: Verification that installation, sensing, flow, shutoff, power, and control functions operate as specified.

1.10 Administrative Requirements

Coordinate procurement, submittal review, delivery, installation, and commissioning with the project schedule. Do not order products until mounting conditions, finishes, power requirements, flow requirements, and project-specific options have been verified.

Where multiple faucet models or finish options are used, provide a coordinated schedule identifying product designation, location, mounting configuration, finish, flow-control device, power source, accessories, and related lavatory.

Conflicts between drawings, schedules, product data, and this specification shall be submitted to the Architect or Engineer for resolution before fabrication, procurement, or installation.

1.11 Specification Package Contents

The complete Fontana commercial touchless faucet specification package should include the following resources, as applicable:

CSI Three-Part Specification
Product Data Sheet
BIM / Revit Family
CAD Drawings
Installation Instructions
Operation and Maintenance Manual
Compliance Documentation
Warranty Information
Replacement Parts Diagram
Finish and Care Guide
Commissioning Checklist
Technical Support Information

1.12 Project-Specific Selection Schedule

Location Model Mounting Flow Rate Power Finish
[Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert]
[Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert]
End of Part 1 Next references, standards, regulatory requirements, required submittals, product-selection documentation, shop drawings, certificates, and closeout records.
```
Division 22 · Plumbing Specification
```

Fontana Commercial Touchless Bathroom Faucets

Master CSI Three-Part Specification Package — Part 2: References, Standards, Submittals, Product Documentation, Compliance Records, and Closeout Requirements.

```
```
Specification Area References and Submittals
Primary Users Architects, Engineers, Contractors
Submittal Stage Preconstruction and Closeout
Revision [Insert Revision Date]
Specifier Note Retain only standards, certifications, listings, and performance claims that apply to the selected product. Do not imply certification or compliance without current supporting documentation.

2.1 Reference Standards

Comply with the latest adopted editions of applicable codes and standards in effect at the project location, except where more stringent requirements are indicated in the Contract Documents.

Where a referenced standard conflicts with a governing code, the governing code shall take precedence. Where two referenced requirements conflict, comply with the more stringent requirement unless otherwise directed by the Architect or Engineer.

Reference Application Requirement
ASME A112.18.1 / CSA B125.1 Plumbing supply fittings Applicable where listed or required.
NSF/ANSI/CAN 61 Drinking-water system components Applicable to wetted components where required.
NSF/ANSI/CAN 372 Lead-content verification Applicable where low-lead compliance is required.
ADA Standards Accessible design Coordinate mounting, reach, clearance, and operation.
ICC A117.1 Accessible and usable facilities Apply where adopted by the jurisdiction.
ASSE 1070 Water-temperature limiting devices Applicable where point-of-use temperature limitation is specified.
IPC / UPC Plumbing code compliance Comply with the code adopted at the project location.
EPA WaterSense Water-efficient lavatory faucets Retain only for models carrying applicable certification.
UL / ETL Requirements Electrical components and power supplies Applicable where listed electrical components are required.
Buy American / BABA Government-funded procurement Retain only when project-specific documentation is available.

2.2 Definitions and Interpretation

References to standards shall mean the edition adopted by the governing authority unless a specific edition is identified in the Contract Documents.

Terms including “listed,” “certified,” “compliant,” “tested,” and “approved” shall be used only when supported by documentation applicable to the exact product, model, configuration, and option being submitted.

2.3 Action Submittals

Submit the following for review before product procurement, fabrication, or installation:

Product Data Manufacturer literature identifying model, materials, dimensions, flow rate, pressure range, power, sensor, finish, accessories, and service requirements.
Shop Drawings Installation diagrams, rough-in dimensions, mounting details, clearances, supply connections, power connections, and component locations.
Product Schedule Location-by-location listing of model, mounting type, finish, flow rate, power source, mixing option, accessories, and lavatory coordination.
Samples Finish samples, color chips, or representative components when requested for visual approval or coordination.
BIM and CAD Files Revit, IFC, DWG, DXF, or other available digital files for design coordination and documentation.
Substitution Request Complete comparison demonstrating equivalence in performance, dimensions, materials, certifications, warranty, serviceability, and lifecycle support.

2.4 Informational Submittals

Provide informational submittals supporting product performance, quality, compliance, and installation readiness.

  • Manufacturer qualifications.
  • Installer qualifications where specialized commissioning is required.
  • Applicable third-party listings and certificates.
  • Declaration of lead-content compliance where required.
  • Water-efficiency certification where applicable.
  • Electrical listing documentation for transformers or power modules where applicable.
  • Material and finish descriptions.
  • Factory test information where requested.
  • Warranty documentation.
  • Replacement-parts availability statement.
  • Maintenance and cleaning requirements.
  • Product-specific environmental or sustainability information where available.

2.5 Product Data Requirements

Product data shall be specific to the exact faucet assembly proposed. Clearly mark selected options and delete unrelated models or configurations.

Required Information Minimum Content
Product Identification Manufacturer, model, series, configuration, and selected options.
Dimensions Overall dimensions, spout reach, height, mounting hole, deck thickness, and below-deck clearances.
Hydraulic Data Flow rate, operating pressure, connection size, supply type, and temperature range.
Sensor Data Sensor type, sensing range, response characteristics, shutoff behavior, and adjustment capability.
Electrical Data Voltage, battery type, transformer requirements, wiring, and backup-power options.
Materials and Finish Body material, wetted materials, surface finish, coating process, and care limitations.
Serviceability Access method, replaceable components, filter location, solenoid location, and service clearances.
Compliance Applicable listings, certifications, standards, and jurisdictional approvals.

2.6 Shop Drawing Requirements

Shop drawings shall be prepared at a scale sufficient to verify coordination with lavatories, countertops, plumbing rough-ins, electrical connections, and service access.

  1. Plan, front, side, and installation views.
  2. Mounting-hole size and required deck or wall thickness.
  3. Spout reach, outlet position, and relationship to basin geometry.
  4. Below-deck control, solenoid, battery, transformer, and mixing-device locations.
  5. Hot, cold, tempered, or single-feed supply arrangement.
  6. Valve, strainer, check valve, and isolation requirements.
  7. Electrical connection, conduit, outlet, or junction-box requirements.
  8. Required service and maintenance clearances.
  9. Sensor-zone coordination with basin surfaces and adjacent fixtures.
  10. Identification of all factory-supplied and field-supplied components.

2.7 Compliance Documentation

Submit compliance documentation only for requirements applicable to the selected model and project.

Plumbing Listing Current certification or listing applicable to the complete faucet assembly.
Lead Content Documentation for wetted-component lead-content compliance where required.
Accessibility Product and installation information supporting accessible operation and mounting.
Water Efficiency Flow-rate verification and WaterSense documentation where applicable.
Electrical Safety Applicable listing information for power supplies, transformers, or control modules.
Temperature Control Mixing-valve or limiting-device documentation where specified.

2.8 Samples and Finish Approval

Submit representative finish samples when requested. Samples shall show the intended color, reflectivity, texture, and surface treatment.

Minor variations may occur between samples and production units due to material, coating process, manufacturing batch, lighting, and viewing conditions.

Coordinate finish selection with adjacent faucets, soap dispensers, accessories, drains, flush valves, hardware, and other visible restroom components.

2.9 BIM and Digital Design Submittals

Digital models and drawings are provided for design coordination and shall not replace verified product data, installation instructions, or approved shop drawings.

  • Confirm model dimensions against current product data.
  • Confirm connector locations and rough-in conditions.
  • Coordinate model level of detail with project BIM requirements.
  • Do not rely on generic BIM parameters as proof of certification.
  • Report discrepancies before issuing construction documents.
  • Use current manufacturer files where revisions are available.

2.10 Substitution Documentation

Proposed substitutions shall include a line-by-line comparison with the basis-of-design product.

Comparison Category Required Evidence
Dimensions Mounting, spout reach, height, clearances, and basin compatibility.
Performance Flow, pressure, response, shutoff, and sensor characteristics.
Materials Body, wetted components, finish system, and fastening materials.
Compliance Current certificates, listings, and applicable code documentation.
Serviceability Access, replaceable components, parts availability, and maintenance procedures.
Warranty and Support Coverage, response process, technical support, and replacement-parts support.

2.11 Preinstallation Documentation

Before installation, provide or confirm the following:

  1. Approved product submittal.
  2. Approved finish and option schedule.
  3. Verified lavatory and countertop dimensions.
  4. Verified plumbing rough-in and connection sizes.
  5. Verified power-source location and voltage.
  6. Approved installation instructions.
  7. Access plan for valves, filters, solenoids, batteries, and controls.
  8. Commissioning and testing requirements.
  9. Coordination record for conflicts or deviations.

2.12 Closeout Submittals

Submit closeout documents in organized electronic format and, where required, printed format.

Approved Product Data
Installation Instructions
Operation and Maintenance Manual
Warranty Documentation
Commissioning Record
Replacement Parts List
Troubleshooting Guide
Finish Care Instructions
Final Product Schedule
Technical Support Contact
Training Record, if required
As-Built Location Information

2.13 Operation and Maintenance Manual Content

Include product-specific information sufficient for facility personnel to operate, maintain, troubleshoot, and service the installed faucet systems.

  • Product identification and installed location.
  • Operating sequence.
  • Sensor adjustment procedure.
  • Battery replacement or power verification procedure.
  • Filter and strainer cleaning procedure.
  • Solenoid inspection and replacement procedure.
  • Flow-control inspection and replacement procedure.
  • Approved cleaning materials and prohibited chemicals.
  • Troubleshooting chart.
  • Exploded parts diagram.
  • Replacement-parts list.
  • Warranty claim procedure.
  • Technical support contact information.

2.14 Document Control

Each submitted document shall identify the product model, revision date, document number where applicable, and issuing organization.

Revised documents shall clearly identify changes. Obsolete product data, superseded instructions, and unrelated model information shall be removed from the final closeout package.

Final documentation shall correspond to the products actually installed, including approved substitutions, field changes, power options, flow controls, finish selections, and accessories.

2.15 Submittal Review Checklist

Review Item Status Comments
Model matches fixture schedule [Review] [Insert]
Flow rate verified [Review] [Insert]
Power source coordinated [Review] [Insert]
Mounting and basin compatibility verified [Review] [Insert]
Finish approved [Review] [Insert]
Compliance documentation included [Review] [Insert]
Service access confirmed [Review] [Insert]
Warranty and parts support documented [Review] [Insert]
End of Part 2 Next manufacturer qualifications, quality assurance, source limitations, installer requirements, mockups, preinstallation coordination, delivery, storage, handling, and warranty administration.
```
Division 22 · Plumbing Specification
```

Fontana Commercial Touchless Bathroom Faucets

Master CSI Three-Part Specification Package — Part 3: Manufacturer Qualifications, Quality Assurance, Installer Requirements, Delivery, Storage, Warranty, and Lifecycle Support.

```
```
Specification Area Quality Assurance
Primary Responsibility Manufacturer and Installer
Project Stage Procurement Through Closeout
Revision [Insert Revision Date]
Specifier Note Retain only qualification, warranty, testing, certification, and service requirements that can be documented for the selected product family. Avoid unsupported minimum-experience or performance claims.

3.1 Manufacturer Qualifications

Provide products from a manufacturer regularly engaged in the design, manufacture, documentation, and support of commercial plumbing fixtures and electronic sensor-operated faucet systems.

The manufacturer shall demonstrate the capability to provide coordinated product data, installation instructions, technical assistance, warranty administration, replacement components, and project-specific support for the scheduled faucet systems.

Qualification Area Minimum Requirement
Product Experience Regular production or supply of commercial electronic plumbing fixtures.
Technical Documentation Current product data, installation instructions, maintenance information, and technical specifications.
Project Support Ability to respond to architects, engineers, contractors, and facility personnel.
Replacement Components Documented availability of common service parts or approved replacement assemblies.
Warranty Administration Defined process for product evaluation, replacement, repair, or technical review.
Compliance Support Documentation applicable to the exact submitted product configuration where required.

3.2 Basis-of-Design Manufacturer

Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, provide commercial touchless bathroom faucet systems by:

Fontana Touchless Faucets® Basis-of-design manufacturer for the selected commercial touchless faucet series, subject to verification of model-specific performance, dimensions, options, certifications, and project suitability.

Product naming within the project manual shall identify the exact manufacturer, series, model, flow-control option, power configuration, finish, accessories, and applicable mixing arrangement.

3.3 Source Limitations

Obtain faucet bodies, sensors, control modules, solenoid valves, power components, mixing devices, flow controls, mounting hardware, and factory-specified accessories from a single manufacturer or as components expressly approved by that manufacturer for coordinated operation.

Do not combine unrelated sensors, valves, control modules, power supplies, or proprietary service components unless written compatibility has been confirmed.

Where coordinated faucet and soap-dispenser systems are scheduled, verify finish, mounting geometry, power coordination, refill access, service clearances, and visual compatibility before procurement.

3.4 Quality Assurance

Provide products manufactured under documented quality-control procedures appropriate to the product type and intended commercial application.

Material Verification Confirm body, wetted-component, fastener, seal, hose, and finish materials against approved product documentation.
Assembly Control Verify coordinated installation of sensor, control, solenoid, outlet, power, and hydraulic components.
Functional Verification Confirm basic activation, shutoff, flow, leak resistance, and power response before shipment where applicable.
Document Control Maintain current product revisions, manuals, specifications, and service information for submitted products.

3.5 Product Consistency

Products of the same model and finish used within a common visual area shall be from the same production series and, where practical, the same production batch.

Variations in finish tone, reflectivity, texture, or grain direction shall be reviewed before installation where coordinated appearance is important.

Do not install visibly mismatched faucet bodies, accessories, soap dispensers, drains, or related restroom components without written approval.

3.6 Installer Qualifications

Installation shall be performed by qualified plumbing personnel experienced with commercial plumbing fixtures, electronic faucet systems, low-voltage components, and related rough-in coordination.

Electrical connections shall be performed by qualified personnel where required by code or project conditions.

Installer Capability Required Knowledge
Plumbing Installation Supply connections, shutoffs, strainers, mixing devices, leak testing, and flushing.
Electronic Controls Sensors, solenoids, batteries, transformers, wiring, and control modules.
Fixture Coordination Lavatory geometry, countertop thickness, clearances, mounting holes, and sensor fields.
Commissioning Activation testing, shutoff verification, flow adjustment, and troubleshooting.
Finish Protection Handling, cleaning, protection, and prevention of chemical or abrasive damage.

3.7 Preinstallation Conference

Conduct a preinstallation conference when required by project size, complexity, occupancy type, or number of installed units.

  1. Review approved product submittals and fixture schedules.
  2. Confirm faucet model, finish, power source, flow rate, and accessories.
  3. Review lavatory and countertop dimensions.
  4. Verify plumbing and electrical rough-ins.
  5. Confirm water pressure, temperature, and supply configuration.
  6. Review flushing and debris-control procedures.
  7. Confirm sensor-environment conditions.
  8. Review access for serviceable components.
  9. Review commissioning procedures and acceptance criteria.
  10. Assign responsibility for final adjustments and training.

3.8 Mockups and Sample Installations

Provide a sample installation or restroom mockup when required to verify appearance, sensor performance, basin compatibility, mounting conditions, accessibility, service access, and coordination with adjacent fixtures.

Approved mockups may remain as part of the completed Work when accepted by the Architect or Engineer.

Do not proceed with repetitive installation until significant deficiencies identified during mockup review have been corrected.

3.9 Factory Testing and Verification

Where applicable, factory verification shall include checks appropriate to the selected product configuration.

Visual inspection
Assembly verification
Sensor activation check
Solenoid response check
Leak-resistance check
Flow-control verification
Power-component verification
Finish inspection

Factory testing shall not replace field inspection, flushing, installation verification, or commissioning.

3.10 Regulatory and Certification Control

Certifications, listings, and declarations shall apply to the exact product model and configuration submitted.

Changes to flow-control devices, power supplies, mixing components, wetted materials, or other critical parts shall be reviewed for potential effects on certification status.

Do not represent a family-level certification as applying to an unlisted configuration without supporting documentation.

3.11 Delivery

Deliver products in original factory packaging with model identification, finish, quantity, handling instructions, and component labeling intact.

  • Verify quantities against approved schedules.
  • Inspect cartons for impact, moisture, or tampering.
  • Keep small electronic and service components secured.
  • Separate finish-sensitive products from rough construction materials.
  • Report missing, damaged, or mismatched components before installation.
  • Retain protective coverings until installation is ready to proceed.

3.12 Storage

Store faucet assemblies, sensors, solenoids, batteries, transformers, control modules, finishes, hoses, and accessories in a clean, dry, secure, temperature-controlled location.

Protect products from condensation, freezing, excessive heat, dust, construction debris, corrosive chemicals, impact, and unauthorized removal.

Storage Risk Protection Requirement
Moisture Store above floor level in sealed packaging.
Finish Damage Prevent contact with abrasive or metal objects.
Electronic Damage Protect from water, dust, static discharge, and extreme temperatures.
Component Loss Keep model-specific components grouped and labeled.
Battery Degradation Store according to battery manufacturer recommendations.

3.13 Handling

Handle faucet bodies and finish surfaces using clean gloves or protective materials where appropriate.

Do not lift assemblies by sensor cables, hoses, electrical leads, solenoid wiring, or removable trim components.

Do not place faucet bodies directly on concrete, unfinished countertops, metal debris, or abrasive surfaces.

3.14 Environmental Conditions

Do not install products until the building is sufficiently enclosed and environmental conditions are suitable for electronic plumbing components and finish protection.

  • Protect electronic components from direct water exposure before commissioning.
  • Prevent freezing of water-containing components.
  • Avoid installation during uncontrolled dust-producing work.
  • Protect products from paint, solvents, acids, grout cleaners, and masonry chemicals.
  • Verify adequate lighting and access for final adjustment.
  • Confirm electrical power quality before energizing connected systems.

3.15 Project Conditions

Verify field conditions before ordering and installation.

Countertop thickness
Mounting-hole dimensions
Basin geometry
Supply pressure
Supply temperature
Power availability
Service clearances
Sensor reflections
Adjacent fixture spacing
Accessibility coordination

3.16 Warranty Requirements

Provide the manufacturer’s written commercial warranty applicable to the selected product model and configuration.

The submitted warranty shall clearly identify coverage periods, covered components, exclusions, claim procedures, required proof of purchase, installation obligations, and available remedies.

Warranty Category Required Documentation
Faucet Body Coverage period and exclusions.
Electronic Components Sensor, control module, power component, and solenoid coverage.
Finish Finish-specific limitations, cleaning requirements, and exclusions.
Service Parts Coverage for replaceable components, where applicable.
Labor State whether removal, installation, travel, or labor is included or excluded.
Claim Procedure Required records, photographs, serial information, and technical evaluation steps.

3.17 Warranty Exclusions

Warranty exclusions may include, subject to the manufacturer’s published terms:

  • Improper installation or unauthorized modification.
  • Use outside published pressure, temperature, voltage, or environmental limits.
  • Damage caused by construction debris, sediment, or inadequate flushing.
  • Use of incompatible cleaners, acids, abrasives, or chemicals.
  • Water quality, scale, corrosion, freezing, or contamination not attributable to a product defect.
  • Use of nonapproved replacement components.
  • Neglected maintenance or blocked strainers and filters.
  • Impact, abuse, vandalism, or damage by other trades.
  • Battery depletion or routine consumable replacement.
  • Normal finish variation or wear outside published warranty coverage.

3.18 Replacement Parts and Lifecycle Support

Provide product-specific identification of common serviceable components and replacement assemblies.

The closeout package should identify available replacement components for the installed system, including the following where applicable:

Sensor assembly
Solenoid valve
Control module
Battery holder
Transformer or power supply
Flow-control device
Aerator or laminar outlet
Strainer or filter
Supply hose
Mixing component
Mounting hardware
Seal and service kit

3.19 Spare Parts

Where required by the Owner, furnish spare parts in quantities appropriate to the number of installed units, facility criticality, and maintenance strategy.

Spare Component Quantity Project Requirement
Solenoid assemblies [Insert] [Optional]
Sensors or control modules [Insert] [Optional]
Flow controls or aerators [Insert] [Optional]
Filter or strainer kits [Insert] [Optional]
Battery holders or power modules [Insert] [Optional]

3.20 Technical Support

Provide access to technical information sufficient to support product selection, installation, commissioning, maintenance, troubleshooting, and replacement-parts identification.

Technical inquiries should include the product model, project name, installed location, symptoms, operating conditions, photographs, and relevant field measurements where available.

Required Support Information Technical support contact: [Insert] Specification assistance: [Insert] BIM and CAD assistance: [Insert] Warranty claims: [Insert] Replacement parts: [Insert]

3.21 Quality Assurance Review Checklist

Review Item Status Comments
Manufacturer qualifications documented [Review] [Insert]
Single-source compatibility confirmed [Review] [Insert]
Installer qualifications accepted [Review] [Insert]
Mockup requirement determined [Review] [Insert]
Delivery and storage controls established [Review] [Insert]
Warranty documentation verified [Review] [Insert]
Replacement parts identified [Review] [Insert]
Technical support contacts included [Review] [Insert]
End of Part 3 Part 4 define the actual product requirements, including faucet configurations, body materials, mounting types, hydraulic components, power options, sensors, solenoids, outlets, mixing arrangements, accessories, and product schedules.
```
Division 22 · Plumbing Specification
```

Fontana Commercial Touchless Bathroom Faucets

Master CSI Three-Part Specification Package — Part 4: Product Requirements, Materials, Faucet Configurations, Hydraulic Components, Sensor Systems, Power Options, Finishes, and Accessories.

```
```
Specification Area Product Requirements
Product Family Commercial Touchless Faucets
Selection Method Basis-of-Design With Options
Revision [Insert Revision Date]
Specifier Note Retain only product options supported by the selected Fontana model. Bracketed selections must be resolved before issue. Do not combine dimensions, certifications, flow rates, power systems, or accessories from unrelated models.

4.1 Manufacturers

Basis-of-design products shall be commercial electronic sensor-operated bathroom faucets manufactured or supplied by Fontana Touchless Faucets®.

Comparable products shall comply with the full dimensional, material, hydraulic, electronic, finish, certification, serviceability, warranty, and lifecycle-support requirements of this specification.

Approval of a manufacturer does not approve every product manufactured by that company. The exact submitted model and configuration remain subject to review.

4.2 General Product Description

Provide electronically activated, sensor-operated lavatory faucet assemblies intended for commercial, institutional, hospitality, healthcare, educational, transportation, government, office, retail, and other high-use environments.

Faucet assemblies shall include all factory-supplied components required for complete operation, including the faucet body, sensor, control module, solenoid valve, power components, outlet device, supply connections, mounting hardware, and accessories scheduled for the project.

Each assembly shall be coordinated as a complete system. Product selection shall not rely on the faucet body alone.

4.3 Faucet Configurations

Provide one or more of the following configurations as indicated in the fixture schedule:

Deck-Mounted Faucet Faucet body mounted through a countertop, lavatory deck, or fixture ledge.
Wall-Mounted Faucet Faucet outlet mounted to a wall, carrier, concealed rough-in, or coordinated mounting assembly.
Single-Supply Faucet Faucet supplied with cold or pre-tempered water through one inlet.
Dual-Supply Faucet Faucet supplied by hot and cold water through a mixing assembly or temperature-control device.
Integrated-Control Faucet Sensor, control, and selected electronic components integrated into the faucet body or mounting assembly.
Remote-Control Faucet Sensor faucet using a separate below-deck or concealed control module and solenoid.

4.4 Product Selection Schedule

Location Model Configuration Sensor Power Finish
[Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert]
[Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert]

4.5 Faucet Body Construction

Faucet bodies shall be constructed of materials suitable for commercial plumbing use and compatible with the selected finish, internal waterway, mounting method, sensor assembly, and maintenance requirements.

Component Requirement
Faucet Body Commercial-grade brass, stainless steel, or documented model-specific construction.
Internal Waterways Materials compatible with potable-water requirements applicable to the selected model.
Mounting Shank Corrosion-resistant construction sized for the approved mounting surface.
Fasteners Corrosion-resistant metal suitable for the installation environment.
Seals and Gaskets Compatible with operating pressure, temperature, water quality, and service conditions.
Sensor Window Impact-resistant and optically compatible with the selected sensing technology.

4.6 Mounting Requirements

Provide mounting components appropriate to the faucet body, lavatory, countertop, wall construction, deck thickness, and anticipated service loads.

  • Mounting hardware shall resist loosening during normal commercial use.
  • Concealed fasteners shall be used where required by the selected design.
  • Mounting surfaces shall support the faucet without visible deflection.
  • Deck-mounted products shall include suitable washers, plates, nuts, or stabilizing hardware.
  • Wall-mounted products shall coordinate with concealed carriers, backing, or rough-in assemblies.
  • Provide vandal-resistant mounting features where scheduled.
  • Maintain required access to below-deck or concealed service components.

4.7 Sensor Technology

Provide electronic sensing technology compatible with the selected faucet model and installation environment.

Time-of-Flight Sensor Distance-based optical sensing intended to identify hand presence within a defined activation zone.
Infrared Sensor Active infrared sensing configured for the intended basin geometry, lighting, reflectivity, and user position.
Hybrid Sensor Combined sensing architecture using more than one detection method where supported by the selected model.

Sensor selection shall be based on verified product data and project conditions. Sensor type shall not be changed after approval without confirming controller, power, solenoid, and housing compatibility.

4.8 Sensor Requirements

Sensor Function Requirement
Activation Zone Defined for normal hand-washing activity and coordinated with basin geometry.
Adjustment Factory-set, self-calibrating, or field-adjustable as indicated for the selected model.
Response Prompt activation without sustained false triggering under approved conditions.
Shutoff Automatic closure after the user exits the sensing zone.
Safety Time-Out Automatic maximum-run limitation where provided by the selected controller.
Environmental Stability Suitable for the expected lighting, reflectivity, humidity, and adjacent-fixture conditions.

4.9 Control Module

Provide a control module designed to interpret sensor input and control solenoid operation for the selected faucet assembly.

Control modules may be integrated into the faucet or installed remotely below the deck, behind an access panel, or within an approved enclosure.

  • Compatible with the selected sensor and solenoid.
  • Compatible with the specified power source.
  • Accessible for diagnosis, reset, adjustment, or replacement.
  • Protected from expected moisture and construction conditions.
  • Furnished with identified wiring and connectors.
  • Configured to prevent uncontrolled continuous flow after a detected fault where supported by the product design.

4.10 Solenoid Valve

Provide a normally closed or model-specific electronically operated solenoid valve sized for the faucet flow range, operating pressure, water temperature, and control voltage.

Solenoid Feature Requirement
Valve Function Open on valid control signal and close when the signal ends.
Serviceability Replaceable as an assembly or with documented service components.
Filter Protection Protected by a serviceable upstream filter or strainer where provided.
Access Located where inspection and replacement can occur without destructive removal.
Compatibility Matched to the controller voltage, connector, flow, and pressure requirements.

4.11 Power Options

Provide the power configuration indicated in the fixture schedule and approved submittals.

Battery Power Replaceable battery pack or battery holder installed in an accessible location.
AC Power Transformer or approved low-voltage power supply coordinated with project electrical requirements.
AC/DC Hybrid Power Primary hardwired power with battery backup or dual-power capability where supported by the selected model.
Central Power Multiple units powered from a coordinated approved central source where specifically designed for that arrangement.

Power supplies, transformers, batteries, wiring, connectors, and backup components shall be compatible with the exact faucet model and installed according to published requirements.

4.12 Battery Components

  • Provide battery chemistry and voltage specified by the manufacturer.
  • Provide keyed or polarity-controlled connectors where applicable.
  • Locate battery compartments for accessible replacement.
  • Protect battery components from standing water and condensation.
  • Do not mix battery types, ages, or manufacturers within a battery pack unless specifically permitted.
  • Provide low-battery indication where supported by the selected product.

4.13 Water Supply Arrangements

Provide the supply arrangement indicated in the approved product schedule.

Supply Type Description
Cold-Water Supply Single cold-water connection where acceptable for the application.
Tempered-Water Supply Single pre-tempered water connection supplied by a remote mixing system.
Local Mixing Hot and cold supplies connected to an approved below-deck or concealed mixing device.
Point-of-Use Limiting Temperature-limiting device installed where required by the project or governing code.

4.14 Mixing Devices

Where hot and cold water are supplied locally, provide a mixing device compatible with the faucet flow range and required outlet temperature.

Mixing devices shall be accessible for adjustment, inspection, cleaning, and replacement.

  • Manual mixing valve where approved for the application.
  • Thermostatic mixing valve where temperature control is required.
  • Temperature-limiting device where required by code or project criteria.
  • Check valves where required to prevent crossflow.
  • Integral or upstream strainers where recommended.
  • Isolation valves on accessible hot and cold supplies.

4.15 Supply Connections

Provide flexible connectors, rigid fittings, adapters, or hoses compatible with the approved faucet configuration and project piping.

Connections shall be rated for the operating pressure and temperature and shall not be twisted, kinked, overstretched, sharply bent, or installed under damaging tension.

4.16 Strainers and Filters

Provide serviceable strainers or filters where included in the selected product design or required to protect solenoid and flow-control components.

Strainers shall be accessible without removal of the faucet body or destructive access to finished construction.

Upstream debris protection
Removable screen or cartridge
Accessible cleaning location
Documented service procedure

4.17 Flow-Control Devices

Provide the flow-control device scheduled for the application and coordinated with applicable water-efficiency, user-comfort, basin, and splash-control requirements.

Outlet Type Application
Aerated Outlet General commercial hand-washing where aeration is appropriate.
Laminar Outlet Applications requiring a clear non-aerated stream or project-specific hygiene considerations.
Spray Outlet Applications requiring wider water distribution at low flow.
Pressure-Compensating Outlet Projects requiring more stable discharge across the published pressure range.

4.18 Flow-Rate Options

Select one flow rate for each scheduled faucet model:

0.35 GPM Ultra-low-flow commercial option where supported.
0.50 GPM Water-efficient commercial lavatory option.
[Other] Insert product-specific rated flow where applicable.

Do not substitute the flow-control device after approval without reviewing certification, basin performance, splash potential, user experience, and project water calculations.

4.19 Operating Pressure

Faucet assemblies shall operate within the published pressure range for the selected model.

Where project pressure falls outside the published range, provide pressure regulation, boosting, or other corrective measures outside the faucet assembly as required by the plumbing design.

4.20 Operating Temperature

Faucet components, hoses, seals, valves, sensors, and control assemblies shall be suitable for the published operating-temperature range of the selected model.

The faucet sensor does not independently provide scald protection unless the selected assembly includes a specifically designed temperature-control component.

4.21 Finish Systems

Provide the finish scheduled for each faucet location and approved through the submittal process.

Polished Chrome
Brushed Nickel
Matte Black
Brushed Gold
Polished Gold
Oil Rubbed Bronze
Gun Metal Gray
Rose Gold
[Custom Finish]

Finish availability, coating method, durability characteristics, cleaning restrictions, and color variation shall be based on model-specific documentation.

4.22 Finish Quality Requirements

  • Visible surfaces shall be free from unacceptable pits, peeling, blistering, cracking, or exposed substrate.
  • Finish shall be reasonably uniform across the faucet body and factory-finished accessories.
  • Directional brushed finishes shall maintain a visually coordinated grain pattern.
  • Coated finishes shall be handled and cleaned according to manufacturer instructions.
  • Field-applied touch-up coatings shall not be used on prominent visible surfaces unless approved.
  • Finish samples shall establish general appearance, not absolute batch identity.

4.23 Vandal-Resistance Options

Where scheduled for high-risk or unsupervised facilities, provide available vandal-resistant features appropriate to the selected model.

Concealed mounting hardware
Tamper-resistant outlet
Protected sensor window
Reinforced mounting assembly
Concealed control components
Restricted-access battery enclosure

4.24 Serviceability Requirements

Product design and installation shall support inspection, adjustment, cleaning, and replacement of common service components.

Service Component Access Requirement
Sensor Accessible for cleaning, diagnosis, adjustment, or replacement as applicable.
Solenoid Accessible without removing fixed casework or finished construction.
Filter or Strainer Accessible for periodic cleaning.
Battery Pack Accessible for replacement without disconnecting unrelated plumbing.
Control Module Accessible for testing, reset, or replacement.
Flow Control Removable using standard or manufacturer-specified service tools.

4.25 Accessories

Provide accessories indicated in the fixture schedule or required for complete operation.

Mixing valve
Temperature-limiting valve
Isolation valves
Check valves
Strainer assemblies
Battery pack
Transformer
Backup power module
Alternate flow control
Remote control assembly
Service tool
Mounting reinforcement

4.26 Coordinated Soap Dispenser Option

Where a coordinated touchless soap dispenser is scheduled, select a dispenser compatible with the intended faucet finish, visual language, deck layout, sensor zone, power system, refill method, and maintenance strategy.

The faucet and soap dispenser shall remain separate serviceable systems unless specifically designed as an integrated assembly.

4.27 Product Identification

Each faucet assembly or product package shall include sufficient identification to trace the model, finish, configuration, and applicable documentation.

Identification shall remain accessible in the project closeout records even where permanent field labeling is concealed.

4.28 Factory Assembly

Factory assemble components to the greatest extent practical while allowing safe shipment, installation, service access, and project-specific connection.

Clearly identify components requiring field assembly, adjustment, calibration, or connection.

4.29 Prohibited Product Conditions

  • Visible cracks, deformation, corrosion, or finish separation.
  • Damaged sensor windows or electrical connectors.
  • Kinked, cut, or overstressed hoses.
  • Missing seals, strainers, mounting components, or power parts.
  • Unapproved field modification of water passages or electronic controls.
  • Mixed incompatible solenoids, controllers, sensors, or transformers.
  • Unverified replacement of the specified flow-control device.
  • Products showing evidence of water exposure before approved installation.

4.30 Product Configuration Checklist

Selection Item Selected Requirement Verified
Faucet model [Insert] [Yes / No]
Mounting configuration [Insert] [Yes / No]
Sensor type [Insert] [Yes / No]
Power source [Insert] [Yes / No]
Flow rate [Insert] [Yes / No]
Supply arrangement [Insert] [Yes / No]
Mixing device [Insert] [Yes / No]
Finish [Insert] [Yes / No]
Accessories [Insert] [Yes / No]
Compliance documents [Insert] [Yes / No]
End of Part 4 Part 5 establish measurable performance criteria, including flow stability, sensor response, detection range, shutoff behavior, operating pressure, temperature, battery endurance, solenoid durability, environmental resistance, water efficiency, and reliability testing.
```
Division 22 · Plumbing Specification
```

Fontana Commercial Touchless Bathroom Faucets

Master CSI Three-Part Specification Package — Part 5: Performance Requirements, Hydraulic Criteria, Sensor Response, Power Endurance, Environmental Resistance, and Reliability Standards.

```
```
Specification Area Performance and Reliability
Primary Criteria Hydraulic, Electronic, Environmental
Application Commercial High-Use Facilities
Revision [Insert Revision Date]
Specifier Note Retain only values supported by the exact selected model. Where a product family includes multiple flow rates, sensors, power systems, or environmental ratings, identify the approved configuration in the fixture schedule and product submittal.

5.1 General Performance Requirements

Provide commercial touchless faucet systems engineered for reliable activation, controlled water delivery, automatic shutoff, serviceable operation, and stable performance within the published hydraulic, electrical, and environmental limits of the selected model.

Performance shall be evaluated as a complete system consisting of the faucet body, sensor, controller, solenoid, power source, flow-control device, supply arrangement, and related accessories.

Individual component ratings shall not be used to represent complete-system performance unless compatibility and assembled-system operation have been verified.

5.2 Minimum Performance Schedule

Performance Category Specified Requirement Project Selection
Sensor Technology Time-of-Flight, infrared, or hybrid sensing as supported by selected model. [Insert]
Detection Range Adjustable or programmed within 1.2 to 10 inches, where supported. [Insert]
Response Time Less than 300 milliseconds under approved operating conditions. [Insert]
Operating Pressure 10 to 100 psi, unless otherwise published for the selected model. [Insert]
Rated Flow 0.35 or 0.50 gpm, or other model-specific rated flow. [Insert]
Operating Temperature 39 to 176 degrees F for rated components, where supported. [Insert]
Battery Endurance 300,000 to 500,000 activations under stated test conditions, where applicable. [Insert]
Solenoid Durability 500,000 to 1,000,000 or more cycles, where documented. [Insert]
Environmental Protection IP65 to IP67 for rated electronic enclosures, where documented. [Insert]
Relative Humidity Up to 95 percent noncondensing, where supported. [Insert]

5.3 Hydraulic Performance

Faucet assemblies shall provide controlled discharge within the published operating-pressure range without leakage, uncontrolled flow, unacceptable pulsation, excessive splash, or unstable stream formation.

Hydraulic performance shall be coordinated with the selected outlet device, lavatory geometry, supply pressure, water temperature, mixing arrangement, and system demand.

Stable Flow Deliver a repeatable stream appropriate to the scheduled flow-control device and available pressure.
Controlled Shutoff Stop flow automatically when the control signal ends or the safety time-out is reached.
Leak Resistance Remain free of visible leakage at body joints, hoses, supply fittings, solenoid connections, and outlets.
Splash Control Coordinate outlet position and stream type with basin depth, slope, drain location, and user hand position.

5.4 Rated Flow Performance

Provide the flow rate shown in the approved fixture schedule and product submittal.

Flow shall be controlled by a factory-supplied or manufacturer-approved aerator, laminar outlet, spray outlet, or pressure-compensating device.

Flow Option Typical Application Selection
0.35 gpm Ultra-low-flow public or commercial lavatory applications. [Retain / Delete]
0.50 gpm Water-efficient commercial hand-washing applications. [Retain / Delete]
[Other] Model-specific or jurisdiction-specific requirement. [Insert]

Field modification of the rated outlet device is not permitted unless approved in writing and verified against applicable water-use, certification, splash-control, and performance requirements.

5.5 Pressure Performance

Faucet systems shall function within the model-specific published operating-pressure range. Unless otherwise documented, use 10 to 100 psi as the project design range.

Maximum static pressure at the faucet connection shall not exceed the published product limit or the maximum permitted by the plumbing design.

Where pressure exceeds the product limit, provide pressure regulation upstream. Where pressure is insufficient, correct the system condition before commissioning the faucet.

5.6 Pressure-Compensating Performance

Where pressure-compensating flow control is specified, provide an outlet device designed to limit excessive flow variation across the published operating-pressure range.

Pressure compensation shall not be represented as eliminating the need for proper system pressure control, adequate pipe sizing, or hydraulic balancing.

5.7 Sensor Activation Performance

Sensors shall detect normal hand presence within the intended hand-washing zone and initiate water flow without requiring contact with the faucet.

Under approved installation conditions, activation response should occur within 100 to 300 milliseconds, with a specified maximum response time of less than 300 milliseconds where supported by the selected model.

Activation Criterion Requirement
Intended User Zone Detect hands within the designed wash area.
Response Delay No perceptible delay beyond the approved response criterion.
Repeatability Provide consistent activation over repeated normal-use cycles.
False Activation Avoid sustained activation caused by fixed basin surfaces or adjacent fixtures.
Missed Activation Avoid repeated failure to detect hands positioned within the approved zone.

5.8 Detection Range

Detection range shall be factory-set, self-calibrating, or field-adjustable according to the selected model.

Where adjustable sensing is provided, the available range may extend from approximately 1.2 to 10 inches.

Final adjustment shall place the sensing zone within the basin and normal hand-washing area without extending unnecessarily toward the backsplash, drain, adjacent fixture, room circulation path, or reflective surface.

5.9 Detection Stability

Sensor performance shall remain stable under anticipated restroom conditions, subject to the limitations of the selected sensing technology.

Bright interior lighting
Reflective basins and countertops
Dark or light hand coverings
Adjacent sensor fixtures
Variable hand positions
Normal humidity and condensation risk

Where highly reflective materials, direct sunlight, mirrored surfaces, black fixtures, unusually deep basins, or closely spaced electronic products are present, verify suitability through model-specific review or mockup testing.

5.10 Anti-Ghost Activation

The sensing system shall be configured to reduce unintended activation caused by stationary objects, basin reflections, drain movement, cleaning equipment, or adjacent-user activity.

Anti-ghost performance depends on correct faucet placement, sensor alignment, basin selection, adjustment, and environmental coordination and shall not be treated as independent of installation conditions.

5.11 Automatic Shutoff Performance

Water flow shall stop automatically when the user’s hands leave the intended sensing zone.

The control system shall include a maximum-run safety shutoff where supported by the selected model.

After a safety time-out event, normal operation shall resume according to the product’s programmed reset sequence.

5.12 Continuous-Flow Protection

The faucet shall be designed so that loss of normal sensor input does not intentionally command uncontrolled continuous water flow.

A normally closed solenoid is preferred where compatible with the selected product architecture and project requirements.

5.13 Solenoid Performance

The solenoid shall open and close in response to valid controller commands and remain compatible with the specified voltage, pressure, temperature, and flow range.

Solenoid Criterion Requirement
Cycle Life 500,000 to 1,000,000 or more cycles where documented.
Closure Close fully without sustained visible discharge.
Debris Protection Protected by an upstream serviceable strainer or filter where provided.
Service Access Replaceable without removing permanently installed finish construction.
Electrical Compatibility Matched to the controller, connector, and power architecture.

5.14 Battery Performance

Battery-powered models shall use the manufacturer-specified battery voltage, chemistry, pack, or holder.

Where documented for the selected model, battery endurance shall be approximately 300,000 to 500,000 activations under stated laboratory or estimated-use conditions.

Actual battery service life may vary according to traffic, activation duration, sensor adjustment, battery quality, temperature, maintenance, and standby power demand.

5.15 Low-Battery Performance

Where supported by the selected model, provide visual, diagnostic, reduced-operation, or other low-battery indication before complete loss of normal service.

The project maintenance plan shall not rely solely on low-battery indication; battery replacement intervals shall be based on documented facility usage and inspection.

5.16 AC and Hybrid Power Performance

Hardwired and hybrid-powered units shall operate from the manufacturer-specified low-voltage transformer, power supply, or central power system.

AC/DC hybrid models shall transfer to backup power according to the selected system design without requiring manual reopening of the water supply.

Power interruption, restoration, and backup behavior shall be verified during commissioning where critical to facility operation.

5.17 Electrical Performance

  • Operate at the voltage identified in the approved product submittal.
  • Use manufacturer-approved transformers, power modules, wiring, and connectors.
  • Protect connectors from accidental separation and moisture exposure.
  • Avoid exposed energized conductors within accessible service areas.
  • Coordinate power demand where multiple faucets share a central supply.
  • Provide accessible isolation or disconnect means where required by the electrical design.

5.18 Temperature Performance

Components exposed to water shall remain suitable for the published operating-temperature range of the selected model.

Where documented, specified component temperature capability may extend from 39 to 176 degrees F.

This temperature range does not establish the permitted hand-washing delivery temperature. Final outlet temperature shall comply with the plumbing design, project criteria, code requirements, and approved temperature-control system.

5.19 Environmental Resistance

Electronic components and enclosures shall be suitable for the anticipated restroom environment and installed location.

Environmental Factor Performance Requirement
Moisture Rated electronic enclosures shall resist expected splashing and moisture exposure.
Ingress Protection IP65 to IP67 where documented for the exact component or enclosure.
Humidity Suitable for up to 95 percent relative humidity, noncondensing, where documented.
Temperature Operate within the published ambient and water-temperature limits.
Cleaning Exposure Resist normal approved cleaning when chemicals are not sprayed directly into electronic openings.

5.20 Ingress Protection Limitations

An ingress-protection rating applies only to the rated component, enclosure, and test condition identified by the manufacturer.

An IP rating shall not be interpreted as permission to submerge components, pressure-wash control boxes, expose connectors to standing water, or disregard installation instructions.

5.21 Finish Durability

Visible finishes shall withstand normal handling, approved cleaning, and commercial restroom use without premature peeling, blistering, cracking, or unacceptable discoloration.

Where corrosion or salt-spray testing is documented, submit the test method, exposure period, substrate, coating type, and acceptance criteria.

Testing of a finish sample or representative component shall not be represented as proving identical performance for every finish, substrate, geometry, or manufacturing process.

5.22 Mechanical Durability

Faucet bodies, mounting assemblies, outlets, sensor windows, and exposed components shall withstand normal commercial use when properly installed.

Repeated user approach
Routine cleaning contact
Normal service-tool use
Supply-pressure cycling
Thermal cycling within limits
Commercial operating frequency

5.23 Vandal-Resistance Performance

Where vandal-resistant construction is specified, exposed components shall incorporate model-specific measures such as concealed fastening, tamper-resistant outlets, protected sensors, reinforced mounting, or restricted service access.

Vandal-resistant construction reduces ordinary tampering risk but does not make the product immune to deliberate abuse, tools, impact, or destructive force.

5.24 Water-Efficiency Performance

Water-use performance shall be based on the approved rated flow-control device and automatic shutoff sequence.

Do not calculate expected savings from rated flow alone. Project water use also depends on activation frequency, run duration, user behavior, pressure, maintenance, and false-activation control.

Where water-efficiency certification is required, submit documentation for the exact faucet and outlet configuration.

5.25 Hygiene-Oriented Performance

Touchless activation shall reduce the need for users to contact conventional faucet handles during normal operation.

Where a laminar outlet is specified for a healthcare or other controlled environment, verify that the selected outlet configuration aligns with the facility’s infection-control, maintenance, and water-management requirements.

Touchless operation does not replace cleaning, water-management planning, temperature control, flushing, maintenance, or infection-control procedures.

5.26 Noise and Water-Hammer Control

The faucet system shall operate without objectionable chatter, repeated solenoid cycling, or abnormal vibration under approved operating conditions.

The plumbing system shall provide suitable pressure control, pipe support, air chambers, water-hammer arrestors, or other measures where rapid valve closure may create unacceptable hydraulic shock.

Faucet replacement alone shall not be assumed to correct building-system water hammer.

5.27 Serviceability Performance

The installed system shall allow common service procedures without destructive access or removal of unrelated fixtures.

Service Function Performance Objective
Battery Replacement Replace without disconnecting unrelated plumbing components.
Filter Cleaning Access after closing local isolation valve.
Solenoid Replacement Remove and replace using documented procedures.
Sensor Adjustment Adjust using the approved method without damaging finish or sensor window.
Flow-Control Replacement Replace while preserving the approved rated-flow configuration.

5.28 Reliability Verification

Where project-specific reliability documentation is requested, provide available model-specific test summaries, cycle data, quality-control records, or manufacturer declarations.

  • Sensor activation testing.
  • Solenoid cycle testing.
  • Leak or pressure testing.
  • Power-consumption or battery-life evaluation.
  • Ingress-protection documentation.
  • Finish or corrosion testing where applicable.
  • Temperature and humidity testing where applicable.
  • Production quality-control inspection.

5.29 Field Performance Acceptance

Each installed faucet shall be tested after flushing, connection, energization, and adjustment.

Reliable hand detection
Prompt activation
Automatic shutoff
No visible leakage
Correct flow-control device
Acceptable stream position
No sustained false activation
Accessible service components

5.30 Nonconforming Performance

Correct or replace faucet systems exhibiting one or more of the following:

  • Repeated failure to activate within the intended sensing zone.
  • Sustained false or ghost activation.
  • Failure to shut off automatically.
  • Visible leakage under normal pressure.
  • Unstable, obstructed, or unacceptable flow.
  • Excessive splash caused by incorrect outlet or geometry coordination.
  • Abnormal solenoid chatter or repeated cycling.
  • Incorrect power supply or unstable electrical operation.
  • Inaccessible service components.
  • Performance outside approved product data.

5.31 Performance Substitution Comparison

Proposed substitutions shall document equal or superior performance in each applicable category.

Performance Category Basis-of-Design Proposed Product Complies
Sensor technology [Insert] [Insert] [Yes / No]
Detection range [Insert] [Insert] [Yes / No]
Response time [Insert] [Insert] [Yes / No]
Flow rate [Insert] [Insert] [Yes / No]
Pressure range [Insert] [Insert] [Yes / No]
Battery endurance [Insert] [Insert] [Yes / No]
Solenoid cycle life [Insert] [Insert] [Yes / No]
Environmental rating [Insert] [Insert] [Yes / No]

5.32 Final Performance Schedule

Project Location Model Flow Pressure Sensor Range Power
[Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert]
[Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert] [Insert]
End of Part 5 Part 6 address electronic controls and sensor engineering in greater depth, including Time-of-Flight architecture, infrared sensing, hybrid detection, calibration, reflective surfaces, bright-light stability, diagnostics, safety logic, and smart-building integration.
```
Division 22 · Plumbing Specification
```

Fontana Commercial Touchless Bathroom Faucets

Master CSI Three-Part Specification Package — Part 6: Electronic Controls, Sensor Engineering, Detection Logic, Calibration, Diagnostics, Safety Functions, and Smart-System Integration.

```
```
Specification Area Electronic Controls
Sensor Options ToF, IR, or Hybrid
System Functions Detection, Control, Diagnostics
Revision [Insert Revision Date]
Specifier Note Retain only electronic, diagnostic, networking, and communication functions supported by the exact selected model. Do not describe optional smart features as standard product capabilities unless documented in the approved submittal.

6.1 General Electronic System Requirements

Provide a coordinated electronic control system designed specifically for the selected touchless faucet assembly.

The system shall include the sensor, controller, control software or firmware, solenoid interface, power connection, wiring, connectors, and diagnostic functions required for complete operation.

Electronic components shall be compatible with the faucet body, hydraulic system, power architecture, installation environment, and selected operating sequence.

6.2 Electronic Architecture

Sensor Module Detects user presence within the intended hand-washing zone and transmits a valid activation signal.
Control Processor Interprets sensor input, applies programmed operating logic, and commands the solenoid valve.
Power Interface Conditions and distributes battery, transformer, or hybrid power to electronic components.
Valve Driver Supplies the electrical command required to open and close the compatible solenoid valve.

6.3 Sensor Technology Selection

Select sensor technology according to basin geometry, finish reflectivity, ambient lighting, mounting position, user approach, adjacent fixtures, service expectations, and available product options.

Sensor Type Operating Principle Project Considerations
Time-of-Flight Measures the return time of emitted optical energy to estimate object distance. Useful where a defined distance-based activation zone is required.
Active Infrared Detects reflected infrared energy from objects entering the sensing field. Requires coordination with reflective surfaces, lighting, and basin geometry.
Hybrid Detection Combines two or more sensing or validation methods. Retain only where the selected product includes documented hybrid architecture.

6.4 Time-of-Flight Sensor Requirements

Where Time-of-Flight sensing is specified, the sensor shall use distance-based detection to establish a controlled activation zone within the intended hand-washing area.

  • Detect objects by measured distance rather than reflected intensity alone.
  • Support factory-set or field-adjustable sensing range where provided.
  • Reject stationary background objects outside the programmed activation zone where supported.
  • Maintain operation with common variations in hand color, gloves, and surface tone within documented limits.
  • Coordinate emitter and receiver orientation with the faucet outlet and basin.
  • Provide stable detection without unnecessary extension beyond the basin.

6.5 Infrared Sensor Requirements

Where active infrared sensing is specified, the sensor shall emit and receive infrared energy through a protected sensor window.

  • Provide a sensing field appropriate to normal hand position.
  • Coordinate sensitivity with basin reflectivity and outlet location.
  • Reduce unintended response to stationary background surfaces.
  • Provide adjustment or calibration where required by the selected model.
  • Protect the optical window from damage and cleaning residue.
  • Avoid direct alignment with mirrors, polished vertical surfaces, or other sensor emitters where practical.

6.6 Hybrid Sensor Requirements

Where hybrid sensing is provided, the control system may use combined distance, reflection, motion, timing, or signal-validation logic to confirm user presence.

Hybrid sensing shall not be described generically as superior to other sensing technologies without model-specific evidence. Suitability shall be evaluated against the actual installation environment.

6.7 Detection Range and Zone Control

Provide a sensing range suitable for the faucet geometry and approved basin. Where adjustable, the available range may be approximately 1.2 to 10 inches.

Final configuration shall establish an activation zone that:

Captures normal hand position
Remains within the basin area
Avoids the backsplash
Avoids the drain where practical
Avoids adjacent fixtures
Avoids nearby traffic paths

6.8 Sensor Calibration

Sensor calibration shall be factory-set, automatic, semi-automatic, or manually adjustable according to the selected model.

Calibration Method Requirement
Factory Calibration Use when installation conditions match the approved product assumptions.
Automatic Calibration Allow the controller to establish background conditions during startup where supported.
Manual Adjustment Perform using approved controls, tools, software, or programmed procedures.
Recalibration Repeat after major changes to basin, lighting, sensor position, or surrounding finishes.

6.9 Startup Sequence

At initial power-up, the electronic system shall perform the model-specific startup sequence before normal operation.

  1. Verify correct power connection.
  2. Initialize the control processor.
  3. Check sensor communication.
  4. Establish background or baseline conditions where applicable.
  5. Confirm solenoid response.
  6. Enter normal operating mode.
  7. Display or record fault indication where a startup error is detected.

6.10 Operating Sequence

Sequence Step System Action
Standby Sensor monitors the approved detection zone.
Presence Detected Controller validates the sensor signal.
Activation Controller commands the solenoid valve to open.
Active Flow Water continues while valid presence remains and the time-out limit is not reached.
User Exits Controller removes the valve command after the programmed release logic.
Shutoff Solenoid closes and the system returns to standby.

6.11 Response Timing

Under approved operating conditions, the system shall respond to valid hand presence within the documented response time of the selected model.

Where specified, response time shall be less than 300 milliseconds.

Debounce, confirmation, release, or safety logic may introduce intentional timing intervals to reduce false activation or rapid cycling.

6.12 Signal Validation

The control system may use filtering, thresholding, timing, background subtraction, distance validation, or other programmed logic to distinguish valid user presence from environmental interference.

  • Reject momentary electrical or optical noise.
  • Reduce response to stationary basin surfaces.
  • Avoid repeated valve cycling near the detection threshold.
  • Recognize valid hand entry and exit sequences.
  • Preserve prompt normal activation.

6.13 Anti-Ghost Logic

Provide model-specific control logic intended to reduce sustained false activation caused by reflective surfaces, fixed objects, drain movement, cleaning materials, or adjacent fixture activity.

Anti-ghost logic shall supplement, not replace, correct installation, basin compatibility, sensor alignment, and field calibration.

6.14 Bright-Light Stability

Sensors shall be selected and installed to support stable operation under the anticipated artificial lighting conditions.

Where direct sunlight, skylights, high-output lighting, reflective metal, mirrored walls, or illuminated countertops are present, verify sensor suitability through model-specific review or mockup testing.

Do not assume that indoor sensor performance guarantees identical operation under direct exterior sunlight.

6.15 Reflective Surface Coordination

Polished stainless basins
Glossy ceramic surfaces
Mirrored backsplashes
Dark polished stone
Chrome drains and trim
Adjacent sensor windows

Where these conditions occur, review sensor angle, range, mounting height, basin depth, finish, and background location before repetitive installation.

6.16 Adjacent Sensor Coordination

Coordinate touchless faucets with automatic soap dispensers, hand dryers, flush valves, lighting controls, and nearby electronic fixtures.

  • Maintain manufacturer-recommended spacing.
  • Avoid direct alignment of opposing optical emitters where practical.
  • Verify that one device does not trigger another.
  • Coordinate separate sensing zones for faucet and soap dispenser.
  • Test repeated multi-user operation in gang-lavatory installations.

6.17 Safety Time-Out

Provide a maximum continuous-run limit where included in the selected control system.

When the maximum run period is reached, the controller shall command the valve to close or enter the model-specific safety mode.

The reset sequence may require removal of the detected object, an automatic delay, power reset, or another documented action.

6.18 Fail-Safe Operation

The electronic control system shall be configured to minimize the risk of uncontrolled water flow following power loss, sensor fault, control fault, or disconnected signal wiring.

Where a normally closed solenoid is provided, loss of the opening command shall allow the valve to return to the closed position, subject to mechanical condition and water quality.

6.19 Power Management

Electronic controls shall manage standby, sensing, valve activation, diagnostic indication, and optional communication loads within the approved power architecture.

Power Mode Control Requirement
Battery Minimize standby demand and use the specified battery pack.
AC Powered Operate from the approved transformer or low-voltage supply.
AC/DC Hybrid Coordinate primary power, backup power, and transfer behavior.
Central Power Coordinate total connected load, circuit capacity, and unit count.

6.20 Low-Battery Monitoring

Where supported, the control system shall monitor available battery condition and provide a model-specific low-battery indication.

Low-battery indication may include a visible light, altered activation pattern, diagnostic code, reduced-function mode, local alert, or remote notification.

6.21 Diagnostics

Provide diagnostic functions available for the selected product to assist with commissioning and maintenance.

Power status
Low-battery condition
Sensor fault
Solenoid fault
Calibration status
Communication status
Safety time-out event
Service-mode indication

6.22 Local Status Indicators

Local status indicators shall be visible or accessible to maintenance personnel without creating unnecessary visual distraction for users.

Indicator meanings, flash patterns, colors, or codes shall be included in the operation and maintenance documentation.

6.23 Service Mode

Where provided, service mode shall allow authorized personnel to temporarily suspend normal activation for cleaning, maintenance, or testing.

Service mode may be activated through a concealed control, remote device, programmed sequence, maintenance interface, or power procedure.

The system shall return to normal operation through a documented sequence and shall not remain unintentionally disabled.

6.24 Maintenance Lockout

Provide a means to isolate water and power before maintenance.

Electronic service mode shall not replace physical water isolation where filters, hoses, valves, solenoids, or hydraulic components are opened.

6.25 Optional Automatic Purge

Where available and required by the project, provide programmable automatic purge or hygiene-flush functionality.

Purge Parameter Project Requirement
Trigger Interval [Insert inactivity period or schedule]
Flush Duration [Insert programmed duration]
Enable Method [Local / Remote / Factory Programmed]
Logging [Required / Not Required]

Automatic purge shall be coordinated with the building water-management plan and shall not be represented as independently controlling water quality.

6.26 Optional Usage Monitoring

Where supported, the electronic system may collect or transmit operational data.

Activation count
Estimated run time
Battery status
Fault events
Purge events
Maintenance alerts

Estimated water-use data shall not be represented as revenue-grade or utility-grade metering unless the selected system includes approved measurement hardware and documented accuracy.

6.27 Optional Communication Interfaces

Where smart-system integration is specified and supported, provide the approved local or network communication interface.

Interface Type Application
Local Service Interface Commissioning, adjustment, diagnostics, and maintenance.
Wireless Gateway Aggregates compatible fixture data for remote access where supported.
Wired Network Interface Connects compatible fixtures or controllers to a central network.
Building Automation Interface Provides selected status or alarm points to the building-management system.

6.28 Building Automation Integration

Where building automation integration is required, coordinate the faucet system with the Division 25, Division 26, and project controls requirements.

Available data points may include:

  • Unit online or offline status.
  • Low-battery alarm.
  • Fault alarm.
  • Activation count.
  • Estimated operating time.
  • Purge status.
  • Maintenance-due indication.

Integration shall identify protocol, gateway requirements, point mapping, licensing, network responsibility, addressing, cybersecurity responsibility, and commissioning scope.

6.29 Protocol Coordination

Where a communication protocol is specified, retain only protocols supported by the selected gateway or controller.

BACnet, where supported
Modbus, where supported
REST API, where supported
Proprietary gateway
Local wireless service link
[Other approved interface]

6.30 Cybersecurity and Network Responsibility

Connected products shall be coordinated with the Owner’s information-technology and cybersecurity requirements before network connection.

  • Identify network ownership and administration responsibility.
  • Change default credentials where applicable.
  • Restrict configuration access to authorized personnel.
  • Document gateway, firmware, application, and account requirements.
  • Coordinate software updates and support responsibilities.
  • Do not connect unsupported devices to public or unsecured networks.

6.31 Firmware and Configuration Control

Record the installed controller, gateway, or application firmware version where applicable.

Configuration changes shall be documented where they affect sensor range, time-out, purge schedule, power behavior, communication, or maintenance alerts.

Do not install unapproved firmware or third-party software that alters faucet operation or warranty conditions.

6.32 Wiring and Connectors

Provide manufacturer-approved wiring, cables, harnesses, terminals, and connectors.

  • Use keyed or identified connectors where provided.
  • Protect cables from sharp edges, heat, tension, and abrasion.
  • Do not splice factory cables unless expressly permitted.
  • Maintain drip loops where appropriate.
  • Keep electrical connectors above areas subject to standing water.
  • Provide strain relief at cable-entry points.
  • Label multi-unit control wiring where required.

6.33 Electronic Enclosures

Control modules, battery holders, power supplies, and gateways shall be installed in enclosures suitable for the intended location.

Where documented, rated enclosures may provide IP65 to IP67 ingress protection.

Ingress ratings apply only to the identified enclosure and do not permit installation in standing water, direct pressure washing, or conditions outside the published limits.

6.34 Electromagnetic and Electrical Interference

Install electronic components away from sources of excessive electrical noise, high-current switching, damaged transformers, or unapproved power supplies.

Where repeated unexplained operation occurs, evaluate wiring, grounding, power quality, nearby equipment, communication devices, and optical interference before replacing faucet components.

6.35 Electronic Component Accessibility

Install electronic components so qualified personnel can inspect, test, reset, disconnect, and replace them without destructive access.

Component Access Requirement
Control Module Accessible for diagnostics and replacement.
Battery Pack Accessible for routine replacement.
Transformer Accessible and coordinated with electrical service requirements.
Gateway Accessible for network service, reset, and replacement.
Sensor Connection Accessible according to the approved faucet design.

6.36 Electronic Commissioning Requirements

Verify electronic operation after plumbing flushing, final connection, power activation, and installation of the correct flow-control device.

  1. Confirm correct voltage and polarity where applicable.
  2. Confirm secure sensor, solenoid, and power connections.
  3. Complete startup or calibration sequence.
  4. Verify hand detection across the intended zone.
  5. Verify activation and automatic shutoff.
  6. Verify safety time-out where provided.
  7. Verify low-battery or diagnostic indication where practical.
  8. Verify service mode where provided.
  9. Verify gateway or network communication where specified.
  10. Record final settings.

6.37 Electronic Acceptance Criteria

Stable standby operation
Reliable hand detection
Response within specified limit
No sustained ghost activation
Correct solenoid response
Automatic shutoff
Correct diagnostic status
Recorded final configuration

6.38 Electronic Troubleshooting Matrix

Observed Condition Initial Checks
No activation Power, battery, connectors, sensor window, isolation valve, and calibration.
Intermittent activation Sensor range, reflective surfaces, loose wiring, power quality, and hand position.
Continuous activation Obstruction in sensing zone, range setting, sensor fault, controller fault, and solenoid condition.
Delayed response Low battery, sensor contamination, calibration, lighting, and control settings.
Repeated cycling Threshold position, unstable detection, reflections, pressure fluctuation, and wiring.
Communication failure Gateway power, address, signal path, credentials, cabling, and network configuration.

6.39 Prohibited Electronic Conditions

  • Unapproved power supplies or transformers.
  • Mixed incompatible sensors, solenoids, or controllers.
  • Exposed or damaged conductors.
  • Connectors located in standing water.
  • Unapproved cable splices.
  • Control modules concealed without access.
  • Permanent bypass of safety shutoff logic.
  • Unauthorized firmware or configuration changes.
  • Connection to unsecured networks without Owner approval.
  • Sensor adjustment that extends unnecessarily beyond the basin.

6.40 Electronic Configuration Record

Configuration Item Final Setting Verified By
Sensor type [Insert] [Insert]
Detection range [Insert] [Insert]
Response mode [Insert] [Insert]
Safety time-out [Insert] [Insert]
Power mode [Insert] [Insert]
Purge setting [Insert / Not Applicable] [Insert]
Network address [Insert / Not Applicable] [Insert]
Firmware version [Insert / Not Applicable] [Insert]
End of Part 6 Next part 7 address examination, preparation, installation, piping connections, electrical coordination, flushing, calibration, commissioning, field quality control, testing, correction, cleaning, and final acceptance.
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements
```

Part 7.1 — Examination

Field examination and verification requirements for commercial touchless faucet installation, including plumbing rough-ins, electrical provisions, mounting conditions, access, basin compatibility, and surrounding construction.

```
```
Execution Stage Before Installation
Primary Responsibility Installing Contractor
Required Action Verify and Document
Installation Status Do Not Proceed Until Accepted
Specifier Note Examination is a mandatory pre-installation activity. Commencement of installation constitutes acceptance of visible substrate, rough-in, access, dimensional, and coordination conditions unless deficiencies were documented before work began.

7.1.1 General Examination Requirements

Examine substrates, plumbing rough-ins, electrical provisions, lavatories, countertops, walls, mounting surfaces, access locations, and surrounding construction before beginning installation of touchless faucet systems.

Verify that conditions comply with the approved shop drawings, product data, fixture schedules, installation instructions, Contract Documents, and applicable code requirements.

Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and required dimensions, utilities, clearances, and access provisions have been confirmed.

7.1.2 Approved Documents

Confirm that current approved documents are available at the installation location.

Approved product data
Approved shop drawings
Fixture schedule
Installation instructions
Electrical requirements
Control wiring diagrams
Finish schedule
Approved substitution records

Do not install from superseded, preliminary, unapproved, or incomplete documentation.

7.1.3 Product Verification

Verify delivered products before opening permanent packaging or beginning installation.

Verification Item Required Confirmation
Manufacturer and Model Matches the approved fixture schedule and product submittal.
Mounting Type Deck-mounted, wall-mounted, or other approved configuration.
Sensor Technology Time-of-Flight, infrared, or hybrid sensor as approved.
Power Configuration Battery, AC, AC/DC hybrid, or central power as scheduled.
Flow Rate Correct approved outlet and rated flow-control device.
Finish Matches approved finish schedule and coordinated accessories.
Accessories Required solenoid, controller, power supply, mixing valve, filters, hoses, and mounting hardware are present.

7.1.4 Plumbing Rough-In Examination

Examine water-supply rough-ins and confirm that piping is complete, properly located, supported, accessible, and suitable for connection to the approved faucet assembly.

  • Verify supply quantity and arrangement.
  • Verify hot, cold, or tempered-water identification.
  • Verify connection sizes and thread types.
  • Verify shutoff-valve locations.
  • Verify mixing-valve location where required.
  • Verify strainer and check-valve provisions.
  • Verify piping support and alignment.
  • Verify that piping does not impose damaging stress on faucet components.
  • Verify adequate clearance for hoses, valves, solenoids, and filters.

7.1.5 Water-Supply Condition

Verify that water-supply piping has been pressure tested, cleaned, and prepared for flushing before connection to faucet components.

Confirm that construction debris, solder, pipe scale, sealant, cutting residue, and foreign material will not be introduced into the faucet, solenoid valve, mixing device, filter, or flow-control outlet.

Do not connect sensitive electronic valves or flow-control components to unflushed piping.

7.1.6 Water Pressure Verification

Verify available static and flowing water pressure at representative fixture locations.

Confirm that pressure is within the published operating range of the selected faucet, mixing valve, hoses, solenoid, and flow-control device.

Where measured pressure exceeds or falls below approved product limits, notify the Architect or Engineer and correct the system condition before installation or commissioning.

7.1.7 Water Temperature Verification

Verify the available hot-water, cold-water, and tempered-water temperatures applicable to the approved supply arrangement.

Confirm that water temperature does not exceed the published limit of any faucet, solenoid, hose, seal, mixing device, flow-control component, or related assembly.

Verify that required temperature-control and scald-limiting devices are installed or scheduled before placing faucets into service.

7.1.8 Electrical Rough-In Examination

For AC, hybrid, central-power, gateway-connected, or networked faucet systems, examine electrical rough-ins before installation.

Electrical Item Examination Requirement
Supply Voltage Confirm compatibility with the approved transformer or power supply.
Power Location Confirm accessibility and proximity to faucet-control components.
Circuit Capacity Confirm capacity for the total connected load.
Disconnecting Means Confirm required isolation or disconnect provisions.
Wiring Path Confirm route avoids heat, abrasion, sharp edges, and standing water.
Grounding Confirm grounding and bonding where required by the electrical design.

7.1.9 Countertop Examination

Examine countertops and deck surfaces intended to receive faucet assemblies.

  • Verify countertop material and thickness.
  • Verify mounting-hole diameter.
  • Verify mounting-hole location relative to basin and backsplash.
  • Verify surface flatness.
  • Verify adequate structural strength.
  • Verify sufficient below-deck clearance.
  • Verify that reinforcement does not obstruct mounting hardware.
  • Verify that the faucet body will not contact the basin rim or backsplash.

Do not enlarge, relocate, or modify finished mounting holes without approval from the responsible design professional and countertop fabricator.

7.1.10 Basin Examination

Verify that basin geometry is compatible with faucet reach, outlet height, water-stream trajectory, sensor location, drain position, and approved flow rate.

Basin depth
Front-to-back dimension
Drain location
Interior slope
Overflow location
Surface reflectivity
Backsplash relationship
Potential splash zone

Report basin conditions likely to cause excessive splash, poor sensor response, water discharge outside the basin, or interference with normal hand-washing.

7.1.11 Wall Examination

For wall-mounted faucet systems, verify wall construction, backing, carrier systems, concealed rough-ins, finish thickness, access, and mounting elevations.

  • Verify structural backing or carrier location.
  • Verify rough-in depth.
  • Verify finished-wall thickness.
  • Verify spout centerline and projection.
  • Verify alignment with basin centerline.
  • Verify access-panel location.
  • Verify concealed supply and electrical clearances.
  • Verify that waterproofing will not be damaged by installation.

7.1.12 Mounting Surface Condition

Verify that mounting surfaces are complete, clean, level, stable, and capable of supporting the faucet without rocking, twisting, deflection, or progressive loosening.

Surfaces shall be free from projections, excess sealant, adhesive, debris, damaged edges, cracks, or irregularities that prevent proper gasket contact or secure mounting.

Correct unsuitable mounting conditions before installation.

7.1.13 Below-Deck Clearance

Verify sufficient clear space below decks and inside casework for the complete approved assembly.

Mounting shank and nut
Supply hoses
Solenoid valve
Control module
Battery enclosure
Transformer
Mixing valve
Strainers and check valves
Service-tool access

7.1.14 Service Access

Verify that serviceable components remain accessible after completion of countertops, casework, wall panels, access doors, pipe insulation, and adjacent equipment.

Access shall permit isolation, inspection, testing, cleaning, adjustment, battery replacement, filter service, solenoid replacement, control-module replacement, and electrical disconnection.

Do not install serviceable components where they will be permanently concealed or require destructive removal of finished construction.

7.1.15 Accessibility Examination

Verify that faucet placement, basin relationship, reach, operating clearances, and fixture elevation are coordinated with applicable accessibility requirements and the approved architectural drawings.

  • Verify faucet location relative to accessible basin clearances.
  • Verify that touchless operation does not require grasping or twisting.
  • Verify that water discharge remains within the accessible hand-washing zone.
  • Verify that below-deck components do not reduce required knee or toe clearance.
  • Verify that exposed piping and components are protected where required.

7.1.16 Sensor Environment Examination

Examine the proposed sensor environment before installation.

Environmental Condition Examination Requirement
Direct Sunlight Identify exposure from windows, skylights, or exterior openings.
Reflective Surfaces Identify mirrors, polished metal, glossy stone, and reflective drains.
Adjacent Sensors Verify spacing from soap dispensers, dryers, flush valves, and other faucets.
Lighting Identify unusually intense, directional, pulsed, or changing illumination.
Traffic Confirm sensing zone will not extend into nearby circulation paths.

7.1.17 Casework and Millwork Examination

Examine casework and millwork to confirm that partitions, drawers, shelves, supports, doors, and access panels do not interfere with faucet components or future maintenance.

Verify that access doors open sufficiently and that removable panels can be removed after adjacent finishes are complete.

Coordinate modifications before faucet installation.

7.1.18 Coordination With Adjacent Fixtures

Verify coordination with adjacent restroom fixtures and accessories.

Soap dispensers
Hand dryers
Mirrors
Backsplashes
Drain assemblies
Sink overflow fittings
Waste piping
Accessibility panels

7.1.19 Environmental Conditions

Verify that environmental conditions are suitable for installation of finish-sensitive and electronic plumbing components.

  • Building is sufficiently enclosed.
  • Wet construction is substantially complete.
  • Dust-producing work is controlled.
  • Ambient temperature is within product limits.
  • Risk of freezing has been eliminated.
  • Electronic components will not be exposed to standing water.
  • Acid cleaning, masonry washing, and aggressive chemical work are complete.

7.1.20 Concealed Condition Verification

Before concealed construction is closed, verify the location, support, identification, and accessibility of concealed piping, wiring, transformers, control modules, solenoids, mixing valves, carriers, and service components.

Record concealed conditions with photographs, dimensions, marked drawings, or other approved documentation where required.

7.1.21 Field Measurement

Verify critical dimensions at the site before fabricating mounting plates, modifying countertops, ordering special hoses, locating wall penetrations, or releasing project-specific assemblies.

Do not scale dimensions from drawings where field measurement is required for proper fit.

7.1.22 Deficiency Identification

Identify and document conditions that could prevent correct installation or reliable operation.

Incorrect rough-in location
Incorrect mounting-hole size
Inadequate mounting strength
Insufficient service access
Unflushed piping
Incorrect pressure or temperature
Missing electrical rough-in
Basin incompatibility
Sensor interference risk

7.1.23 Reporting Unsatisfactory Conditions

Submit written notice of unsatisfactory conditions to the responsible contractor, Construction Manager, Architect, or Engineer before installation begins.

Include the affected location, observed condition, relevant dimensions, photographs where useful, potential effect on installation or operation, and recommended corrective action.

Do not conceal deficiencies by modifying faucet components, omitting required accessories, forcing connections, or accepting inadequate access.

7.1.24 Corrective Work

Require corrective work to be completed by the responsible trade before installation proceeds.

Reexamine corrected conditions and confirm that deficiencies have been resolved.

Acceptance of corrected work shall not relieve the installer from responsibility for proper installation, testing, adjustment, and final performance.

7.1.25 Commencement of Installation

Beginning installation indicates that the installer has examined visible conditions and considers them acceptable for the work, except for deficiencies previously reported in writing.

Installation shall not proceed where conditions would compromise safety, code compliance, appearance, serviceability, hydraulic performance, sensor operation, warranty, or lifecycle maintenance.

7.1.26 Examination Checklist

Examination Item Accepted Corrective Action
Approved documents available [Yes / No] [Insert]
Correct product and finish delivered [Yes / No] [Insert]
Plumbing rough-ins verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Water pressure verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Water temperature verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Electrical rough-ins verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Countertop and mounting holes verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Basin compatibility verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Service access verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Sensor environment reviewed [Yes / No] [Insert]
Unsatisfactory conditions corrected [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
End of Part 7.1 — Examination Next Part 7.2 address existing conditions, including renovation work, existing utilities, concealed piping, hazardous materials, occupied facilities, temporary service, demolition interfaces, and protection of adjacent construction.
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements
```

Part 7.2 — Existing Conditions

Requirements for renovation, retrofit, replacement, and occupied-facility installations involving existing plumbing, electrical systems, finishes, concealed construction, temporary service, demolition interfaces, and protection of adjacent work.

```
```
Execution Stage Renovation and Retrofit
Primary Risk Unknown Existing Conditions
Required Action Investigate, Protect, Coordinate
Installation Status Proceed After Field Verification
Specifier Note Existing drawings and records are informational and may not represent actual concealed conditions. Require field verification before cutting, disconnection, demolition, fabrication, or modification of touchless faucet assemblies.

7.2.1 General Existing-Condition Requirements

Investigate existing conditions affecting removal, replacement, retrofit, or installation of commercial touchless faucet systems before beginning work.

Verify actual locations, sizes, materials, condition, capacity, accessibility, and service status of existing plumbing, electrical systems, countertops, lavatories, casework, walls, controls, and related construction.

Do not assume that visible or recorded conditions continue unchanged behind finished construction.

7.2.2 Existing Documentation

Review available information before field investigation.

Record drawings
Original construction documents
Prior renovation drawings
Facility maintenance records
Valve and circuit schedules
Previous equipment submittals
Water-quality reports
Known deficiency reports

Verify information in the field. Do not rely solely on existing documents to locate or identify concealed utilities.

7.2.3 Existing Faucet Assessment

Where existing faucets are to be removed, replaced, reused, or modified, document their condition and configuration before disturbance.

Assessment Item Required Documentation
Mounting Configuration Hole size, spacing, deck thickness, mounting method, and reinforcement.
Supply Arrangement Cold, tempered, or hot-and-cold connections and shutoff locations.
Power Configuration Battery, hardwired, transformer, central power, or unknown condition.
Control Components Sensor, solenoid, controller, wiring, and enclosure locations.
Observed Deficiencies Leaks, corrosion, damage, poor access, false activation, or unstable operation.

7.2.4 Existing Utility Investigation

Locate and verify existing utilities that may affect the work.

  • Domestic cold-water piping.
  • Domestic hot-water piping.
  • Tempered-water piping.
  • Return or recirculation piping.
  • Drain and vent piping.
  • Electrical branch circuits.
  • Low-voltage control wiring.
  • Building automation cabling.
  • Fire protection, communications, security, and other concealed systems.

Use appropriate investigation methods before drilling, cutting, coring, or opening finished construction.

7.2.5 Existing Water-Supply Condition

Evaluate the condition of existing water-supply piping and components before connecting new faucet systems.

Corrosion or scale
Restricted flow
Deteriorated shutoff valves
Crossflow risk
Unstable pressure
Temperature fluctuation
Debris contamination
Evidence of leakage

Correct existing system deficiencies likely to damage or impair new solenoids, filters, mixing devices, hoses, seals, or flow-control components.

7.2.6 Existing Shutoff Valves

Verify that existing shutoff valves are accessible, operable, leak-free, and capable of isolating the affected fixture or work area.

Exercise existing valves only in coordination with the Owner or facility representative.

Replace or supplement valves that cannot provide reliable local isolation before connecting new faucet assemblies.

7.2.7 Existing Pressure Conditions

Measure representative static and flowing pressure under normal building demand.

Identify pressure fluctuations, surge conditions, pump cycling, inadequate pressure, or excessive static pressure.

Do not assume that acceptable pressure at one fixture confirms acceptable pressure throughout the project area.

7.2.8 Existing Temperature Conditions

Measure hot, cold, tempered, and delivered water temperatures at representative locations where temperature affects the new faucet configuration.

Identify failed, inaccessible, unstable, or improperly adjusted mixing devices.

Correct temperature-control deficiencies before final connection and commissioning.

7.2.9 Existing Electrical Conditions

For powered faucet systems, verify existing electrical conditions before reuse or connection.

Electrical Condition Required Verification
Voltage Confirm actual available voltage and compatibility.
Circuit Identification Trace and label the serving circuit.
Transformer Condition Verify rating, condition, accessibility, and connected load.
Wiring Condition Inspect for damage, corrosion, improper splices, or moisture exposure.
Grounding and Bonding Verify compliance with the project electrical requirements.

7.2.10 Existing Transformer Reuse

Do not reuse an existing transformer or power supply unless its output, capacity, condition, certification, and compatibility with the new faucet system have been verified.

Confirm that the existing device is not serving incompatible equipment or exceeding its rated connected load.

Replace unidentified, damaged, inaccessible, or incompatible power components.

7.2.11 Existing Countertops

Examine existing countertops before removing faucets or enlarging openings.

  • Verify material, thickness, and structural condition.
  • Check for cracks, delamination, water damage, or unsupported sections.
  • Measure existing mounting holes and spacing.
  • Verify available edge distance around openings.
  • Confirm that new escutcheons or bases will cover existing conditions where required.
  • Confirm whether reinforcement is needed.
  • Coordinate cutting methods with the countertop manufacturer or responsible trade.

7.2.12 Existing Lavatories and Basins

Examine existing basins for dimensional, hydraulic, structural, and sensor compatibility with the new faucet.

Verify that the new outlet position and flow pattern will discharge into the basin without striking the drain, overflow, rear wall, or shallow slope in a manner likely to create excessive splash.

Identify polished, dark, mirrored, or highly reflective basin surfaces that may require sensor adjustment or mockup testing.

7.2.13 Existing Walls and Partitions

Verify wall and partition conditions before installing wall-mounted faucets, concealed controls, access panels, or power components.

  • Determine wall construction and thickness.
  • Locate framing, backing, carriers, and concealed utilities.
  • Verify condition of waterproofing and tile assemblies.
  • Confirm available rough-in depth.
  • Identify wall deterioration, moisture damage, or corrosion.
  • Verify access-panel feasibility.

7.2.14 Existing Casework and Millwork

Verify that existing cabinetry, shelves, drawers, partitions, and panels permit installation and future servicing of new components.

Identify modifications required for hoses, solenoids, control modules, battery packs, transformers, mixing valves, and access clearances.

Coordinate cutting and modification with the responsible millwork trade.

7.2.15 Concealed Conditions

When concealed conditions differ materially from available information or prevent the approved installation, stop affected work and notify the responsible project authority.

Concealed conditions may include:

Unexpected piping
Blocked wall cavities
Missing structural backing
Damaged wiring
Deteriorated substrates
Insufficient installation depth
Unknown abandoned utilities
Hazardous material indicators

7.2.16 Hazardous Materials

Do not disturb suspected asbestos-containing material, lead-containing coatings, mold, contaminated insulation, or other potentially hazardous materials.

Stop affected work, secure the area, and notify the Owner or designated authority.

Hazardous-material investigation, removal, containment, and disposal shall be performed by qualified personnel under applicable project requirements.

7.2.17 Occupied Facilities

Coordinate work in occupied facilities to minimize disruption, maintain safety, and preserve required restroom service.

  • Coordinate work hours and access restrictions.
  • Maintain safe pedestrian routes.
  • Provide barriers and signage.
  • Control dust, noise, odors, and debris.
  • Protect occupants from exposed piping, wiring, tools, and open casework.
  • Restore affected fixtures to service at the end of each approved work period where required.
  • Coordinate shutdowns with facility operations.

7.2.18 Healthcare and Critical Facilities

In healthcare, laboratory, food-service, secure, transportation, or other critical facilities, comply with project-specific infection-control, water-management, access, security, and shutdown procedures.

Do not interrupt critical water, power, or sanitation service without written authorization and an approved contingency plan.

7.2.19 System Shutdowns

Schedule water and electrical shutdowns in advance.

Shutdown Requirement Required Action
Advance Notice Provide notice within the timeframe required by the Owner.
Affected Areas Identify rooms, floors, tenants, departments, or systems affected.
Duration Limit shutdown to the approved period.
Restoration Verify complete service restoration before releasing the area.
Contingency Maintain materials and procedures for unexpected leaks or failures.

7.2.20 Temporary Service

Where required by the Contract Documents or Owner, provide temporary water, hand-washing, restroom, or electrical service during phased installation.

Temporary arrangements shall be safe, sanitary, protected, clearly identified, and removed after permanent service is restored.

Do not use unapproved temporary hoses, exposed wiring, open containers, or uncontrolled bypass arrangements.

7.2.21 Selective Demolition Interface

Coordinate selective demolition required to remove existing faucets, controls, piping, wiring, supports, countertops, access panels, or finishes.

  • Disconnect utilities before removal.
  • Remove only work necessary for the approved installation.
  • Avoid damage to adjacent surfaces and concealed systems.
  • Cap or terminate abandoned piping and wiring as required.
  • Preserve components identified for reuse.
  • Provide clean openings suitable for patching or new work.
  • Coordinate disposal, salvage, and Owner-retained items.

7.2.22 Removal of Existing Faucets

Isolate water and power before removing existing faucets or electronic components.

Drain residual water, disconnect components carefully, and prevent debris from entering open piping.

Protect countertops, basins, casework, mirrors, tile, and finishes during removal.

7.2.23 Salvage and Reuse

Remove designated salvage items without avoidable damage.

Clean, identify, protect, and deliver Owner-retained items to the designated location.

Do not reuse existing sensors, solenoids, transformers, hoses, flow controls, seals, or electronic components unless specifically approved and verified as compatible.

7.2.24 Abandoned Piping and Wiring

Remove, cap, terminate, or label abandoned piping and wiring as required by the Contract Documents.

  • Cap abandoned water piping at an accessible location.
  • Avoid creating stagnant dead legs where removal is required.
  • Disconnect abandoned wiring from its source where required.
  • Remove inaccessible or hazardous abandoned components where directed.
  • Update record documentation.

7.2.25 Patching and Repair

Patch and repair openings, damaged finishes, mounting surfaces, casework, tile, stone, gypsum board, waterproofing, and other construction disturbed by the work.

Match adjacent construction in material, alignment, texture, finish, durability, and appearance unless otherwise indicated.

Do not rely on oversized escutcheons or sealant to conceal structurally or visually unacceptable damage.

7.2.26 Protection of Existing Construction

Protect existing construction to remain.

Countertops
Lavatories and basins
Casework
Mirrors and glass
Tile and stone
Wall finishes
Flooring
Adjacent fixtures
Occupied furnishings

7.2.27 Water and Moisture Protection

Prevent uncontrolled water discharge during disconnection, flushing, testing, and reconnection.

Provide suitable containers, absorbent materials, barriers, and immediate cleanup procedures.

Report and correct water intrusion into casework, walls, flooring, electrical components, or concealed spaces.

7.2.28 Dust and Debris Control

Control dust and debris generated by drilling, cutting, coring, demolition, and patching.

Prevent dust from entering sensors, solenoids, flow-control devices, open piping, control enclosures, or occupied areas.

Keep new electronic components sealed or removed from the work area until dust-producing operations are complete.

7.2.29 Existing Water Quality

Review known water-quality conditions that may affect filters, solenoids, seals, aerators, laminar outlets, mixing valves, and maintenance frequency.

Conditions requiring review may include:

High sediment
Hard water
Corrosion products
Chemical treatment
Extended stagnation
Recent piping repairs

7.2.30 Existing Sensor Interference

Investigate existing conditions that may affect sensor performance.

  • Direct sunlight.
  • Mirrored backsplashes.
  • Highly reflective basins.
  • Closely spaced electronic faucets.
  • Automatic soap dispensers.
  • Hand dryers and flush valves.
  • Unstable or high-intensity lighting.
  • Traffic passing near the basin.

7.2.31 Phased Work

Where work is phased, maintain clear separation between active, incomplete, tested, and accepted fixture areas.

Protect installed components from subsequent demolition, dust, painting, chemical cleaning, and construction traffic.

Do not place partially completed systems into public service unless specifically approved and made safe.

7.2.32 Unforeseen Conditions

Notify the responsible project authority promptly when unforeseen conditions affect installation cost, schedule, safety, code compliance, product compatibility, access, or performance.

Provide photographs, measurements, marked drawings, and recommended corrective options.

Do not make undocumented field modifications to the faucet body, sensor, solenoid, controller, power supply, mounting assembly, or rated flow-control device.

7.2.33 Existing-Condition Acceptance

Proceed only after existing conditions have been verified as suitable or approved corrective work has been completed.

Beginning retrofit or replacement work constitutes acceptance of visible existing conditions except those reported in writing before commencement.

7.2.34 Existing-Condition Record

Existing Condition Observed Status Required Action
Existing faucet and controls [Insert] [Insert]
Water-supply condition [Insert] [Insert]
Shutoff-valve condition [Insert] [Insert]
Electrical condition [Insert / N.A.] [Insert]
Countertop and basin condition [Insert] [Insert]
Wall or casework condition [Insert] [Insert]
Concealed conditions [Insert / Not Observed] [Insert]
Occupied-area restrictions [Insert / N.A.] [Insert]
Temporary-service requirement [Insert / N.A.] [Insert]

7.2.35 Completion of Existing-Condition Work

Complete approved demolition, repair, isolation, patching, reinforcement, utility modification, and protective work before proceeding with permanent faucet installation.

Reverify affected dimensions, utility conditions, service access, and mounting surfaces after corrective work is complete.

End of Part 7.2 — Existing Conditions Next Part 7.3 address trade coordination, including plumbing, electrical, architectural, casework, countertop, controls, accessibility, sequencing, penetrations, access panels, shutdowns, and final responsibility interfaces.
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements

Part 7.3 — Coordination

Requirements for coordination between plumbing, electrical, architectural, structural, millwork, countertop, controls, commissioning, and Owner representatives to ensure complete installation and reliable operation of commercial touchless faucet systems.

Primary Purpose
Trade Coordination
Responsible Parties
All Project Trades
Execution Stage
Before & During Installation
Objective
Prevent Field Conflicts

7.3.1 General Coordination

Coordinate all work affecting installation, operation, testing, accessibility, maintenance, and future replacement of commercial touchless faucet systems.

Coordinate field dimensions, utilities, mounting conditions, sequencing, access requirements, finishes, and responsibilities before beginning installation.

No portion of the work shall proceed where unresolved coordination conflicts exist.

7.3.2 Coordination Responsibilities

Trade Primary Responsibility
Plumbing Contractor Water supplies, shutoff valves, flushing, testing, fixture installation, leak testing.
Electrical Contractor Power, transformers, wiring, grounding, disconnects.
Architectural Contractor Finished dimensions, accessibility, wall locations, elevations.
Countertop Fabricator Hole locations, reinforcement, edge clearances.
Millwork Contractor Access panels, cabinet clearances, service access.
Commissioning Authority Performance verification and operational testing.
Owner Representative Shutdown approvals, operational coordination, acceptance.

7.3.3 Plumbing Coordination

  • Coordinate supply piping locations.
  • Coordinate shutoff valve accessibility.
  • Coordinate mixing valve installation.
  • Coordinate drain alignment.
  • Coordinate carrier systems.
  • Coordinate flushing procedures.
  • Coordinate pressure testing.
  • Coordinate insulation.
  • Coordinate final balancing.

7.3.4 Electrical Coordination

Coordinate electrical requirements with approved product data before rough-in.

Power supply location
Transformer sizing
Dedicated circuits
Grounding
Cable routing
Access for maintenance

7.3.5 Architectural Coordination

Coordinate faucet installation with finished architectural work including wall finishes, tile layouts, backsplashes, accessibility clearances, fixture elevations, mirror locations, and visual alignment.

7.3.6 Countertop Coordination

Coordinate faucet locations before countertop fabrication.

  • Hole diameter
  • Hole spacing
  • Edge distance
  • Stone reinforcement
  • Support plates
  • Splash clearances
  • Deck thickness
  • Escutcheon coverage

7.3.7 Millwork Coordination

Coordinate cabinet interiors to maintain unrestricted service access to batteries, transformers, control modules, filters, shutoff valves, and solenoid assemblies.

7.3.8 Structural Coordination

Coordinate blocking, reinforcement, wall carriers, countertop supports, and framing before installation of wall-mounted or heavy-duty assemblies.

7.3.9 Accessibility Coordination

Coordinate installation with approved accessibility drawings to preserve required reach ranges, knee clearance, toe clearance, and unobstructed operation.

7.3.10 Finish Coordination

Verify finish consistency between faucet assemblies, soap dispensers, drains, flush valves, accessories, grab bars, and exposed plumbing trim before installation.

7.3.11 Sensor Coordination

Coordinate sensor orientation to avoid interference from mirrors, automatic soap dispensers, adjacent faucets, hand dryers, flush valves, reflective finishes, skylights, and circulation paths.

7.3.12 Utility Coordination

Verify final utility locations before countertop fabrication, wall closure, or installation of finished architectural materials.

7.3.13 Penetration Coordination

Coordinate drilling, coring, sleeves, seals, waterproofing, firestopping, and wall penetrations with all affected trades before work begins.

7.3.14 Sequencing Coordination

Sequence Required Activity
1 Verify rough-ins
2 Coordinate utilities
3 Complete wall and countertop work
4 Install faucet systems
5 Testing and commissioning

7.3.15 Commissioning Coordination

Coordinate installation with commissioning personnel to ensure all required inspections, operational tests, adjustments, programming, and Owner demonstrations can be completed without delaying project closeout.

7.3.16 Coordination During Shutdowns

Coordinate all water and electrical shutdowns with the Owner before interruption of service. Schedule shutdowns to minimize operational disruption and restore services immediately following completion of the work.

7.3.17 Field Conflict Resolution

Do not modify faucet components, electrical assemblies, sensor systems, or hydraulic components to accommodate field conflicts without written approval from the Architect or Engineer.

Report conflicts immediately and provide proposed corrective solutions before continuing affected work.

7.3.18 Coordination Verification Checklist

Coordination Item Verified Comments
Plumbing rough-ins coordinated __________
Electrical complete __________
Countertops approved __________
Service access verified __________
Commissioning scheduled __________
End of Part 7.3 — Coordination Part 7.4 should cover Delivery to Site, including transportation requirements, unloading procedures, inspection upon arrival, packaging integrity, environmental exposure limits, handling equipment, and responsibility for damaged materials before installation.
Division 22 · Execution Requirements
```

Part 7.4 — Delivery to Site

Requirements for transportation, delivery scheduling, unloading, receiving inspection, packaging integrity, shipment verification, environmental protection, damage reporting, and acceptance of commercial touchless faucet systems at the project site.

```
```
Execution Stage Pre-Installation Logistics
Primary Responsibility Contractor and Receiving Personnel
Required Action Receive, Inspect, Document
Acceptance Status Conditional Upon Inspection
Specifier Note Delivery acceptance does not confirm that concealed contents are complete, undamaged, or compliant. Require prompt inspection of each shipment and written reporting of shortages, finish damage, model discrepancies, or packaging failure.

7.4.1 General Delivery Requirements

Deliver commercial touchless faucet assemblies, electronic controls, solenoid valves, power components, accessories, and replacement parts to the project site in accordance with the approved construction schedule.

Coordinate shipment timing so products can be received, inspected, secured, and stored without exposure to weather, uncontrolled access, construction damage, or prolonged site storage.

Do not deliver products before suitable receiving and storage facilities are available.

7.4.2 Delivery Scheduling

Coordinate each delivery with the Contractor, Construction Manager, facility representative, receiving department, and other affected trades.

  • Confirm approved delivery date and time.
  • Confirm receiving hours and site-access restrictions.
  • Confirm loading-dock availability.
  • Confirm elevator and material-handling access.
  • Confirm security and identification requirements.
  • Confirm unloading responsibility.
  • Confirm temporary holding and storage locations.
  • Avoid delivery during water shutdowns, demolition, heavy dust generation, or unsafe site conditions.

7.4.3 Delivery Documentation

Each shipment shall include sufficient documentation to identify the delivered materials.

Packing list
Purchase-order reference
Project name and location
Product model identification
Finish designation
Quantity by item
Accessory identification
Shipment or tracking reference

7.4.4 Manufacturer Packaging

Deliver products in original manufacturer packaging with labels, seals, protective films, inserts, dividers, and component restraints intact.

Packaging shall protect products from:

Impact and vibration
Finish abrasion
Moisture exposure
Dust contamination
Component loss
Connector damage
Battery terminal contact
Unauthorized opening

7.4.5 Package Identification

Packages shall be clearly identified without requiring removal of protective wrapping.

Identification Item Required Information
Product Manufacturer, series, model, and configuration.
Finish Approved finish name or code.
Power Battery, AC, hybrid, or central-power configuration.
Flow Rate Approved rated flow-control configuration.
Quantity Number of units or components contained.
Project Reference Room, floor, phase, area, or fixture designation where required.

7.4.6 Transportation Conditions

Transport products in enclosed, dry, clean vehicles suitable for finish-sensitive plumbing fixtures and electronic components.

Protect shipments from:

  • Rain, snow, and standing water.
  • Freezing conditions.
  • Excessive heat.
  • Condensation.
  • Chemical vapors.
  • Loose freight and shifting loads.
  • Crushing or stacking beyond package limits.
  • Contamination from masonry, paint, solvents, fuels, or construction debris.

7.4.7 Shipment Restraint

Secure packaged products during transport to prevent movement, overturning, impact, crushing, or abrasion.

Do not place heavy construction materials, tools, piping, equipment, or pallets directly on faucet cartons or electronic-component packages.

7.4.8 Partial Shipments

Where products are delivered in partial shipments, identify the phase, area, and outstanding components associated with each shipment.

Maintain a current delivery log showing received quantities, shortages, backordered components, rejected materials, and expected replacement dates.

Do not release incomplete faucet systems for installation unless missing components will not compromise protection, testing, or installation sequence.

7.4.9 Delivery of Electronic Components

Deliver sensors, controllers, solenoid valves, transformers, gateways, battery packs, wiring harnesses, and connectors in sealed protective packaging.

  • Protect terminals and connectors from deformation.
  • Prevent electrostatic, moisture, and impact damage.
  • Do not transport loose electronic components in open containers.
  • Keep identification labels attached.
  • Do not energize components before approved installation and inspection.

7.4.10 Delivery of Batteries

Deliver batteries in original packaging with terminals protected from short circuit and accidental contact.

Do not deliver leaking, swollen, corroded, expired, wet, or visibly damaged batteries.

Handle and transport batteries in accordance with applicable shipping, safety, and disposal requirements.

7.4.11 Delivery of Finished Components

Protect exposed faucet bodies, spouts, escutcheons, trim, and coordinated accessories from scratching, fingerprints, impact, and finish contamination.

Do not apply adhesive labels, tape, marker, packing straps, or temporary protection directly to decorative finish surfaces unless specifically approved.

7.4.12 Delivery of Solenoid Assemblies

Deliver solenoid valves with inlet and outlet ports capped or protected against contamination.

Maintain directional markings, model labels, electrical leads, seals, and mounting hardware.

Reject assemblies with damaged ports, exposed valve interiors, bent leads, cracked enclosures, or missing identification.

7.4.13 Delivery of Hoses and Connections

Deliver flexible hoses, supply connectors, check valves, filters, strainers, and adapters with protective caps in place.

Reject kinked, crushed, cut, abraded, contaminated, corroded, or improperly packaged connection components.

7.4.14 Unloading Requirements

Unload materials using methods that prevent dropping, dragging, rolling, crushing, puncturing, or overturning packages.

Unloading Activity Requirement
Mechanical Handling Use equipment appropriate to package weight and size.
Forklift Use Engage pallets fully and avoid puncturing cartons.
Manual Handling Use adequate personnel and approved lifting practices.
Temporary Placement Place packages on clean, dry, stable surfaces.
Weather Exposure Move products under cover immediately.

7.4.15 Receiving Area

Receive materials in a clean, dry, secure, well-lighted area suitable for package inspection and inventory verification.

Do not receive products in standing water, active demolition zones, exposed loading areas, public circulation routes, or unsecured spaces.

7.4.16 Initial Receiving Inspection

Inspect each shipment immediately upon arrival before signing unconditional acceptance.

  • Verify package count.
  • Verify pallet count.
  • Check for crushed, torn, wet, punctured, opened, or resealed packaging.
  • Check for exposed or loose components.
  • Check for signs of impact or overturning.
  • Check for water staining or condensation.
  • Compare carrier documentation with the packing list.
  • Photograph visible shipment damage before unloading where practical.

7.4.17 Package Integrity Inspection

Inspect packaging for evidence that internal components may have been damaged, contaminated, substituted, removed, or exposed.

Isolate questionable packages for detailed inspection before transfer to general storage.

7.4.18 Quantity Verification

Compare received quantities with the packing list, approved fixture schedule, purchase order, and delivery release.

Record shortages, overages, substitutions, duplicate shipments, and unidentified packages.

7.4.19 Model and Configuration Verification

Verify that delivered product designations match the approved submittal and fixture schedule.

Faucet model
Mounting configuration
Sensor type
Power arrangement
Flow rate
Finish
Supply configuration
Included accessories

7.4.20 Finish Inspection

Inspect representative finished components promptly after receipt, especially where package damage is visible.

Check for:

Scratches
Dents
Discoloration
Plating defects
Coating damage
Chemical staining
Abrasion
Finish mismatch

7.4.21 Component Completeness

Verify that required components are included for each scheduled faucet assembly.

  • Faucet body and mounting hardware.
  • Sensor assembly.
  • Control module.
  • Solenoid valve.
  • Battery pack, transformer, or power interface.
  • Flexible hoses and adapters.
  • Filters, strainers, and check valves.
  • Flow-control outlet.
  • Mixing device where scheduled.
  • Installation and maintenance instructions.

7.4.22 Damage Documentation

Document shipment and product damage immediately.

Documentation Item Required Record
Shipment Reference Carrier, tracking number, delivery date, and packing-list reference.
Product Identification Model, finish, quantity, and package label.
Damage Description Location, type, severity, and affected components.
Photographs Package condition, labels, pallet condition, and product damage.
Carrier Acknowledgment Notation on delivery receipt or electronic acceptance record.

7.4.23 Concealed Shipping Damage

Open packages within the required claim period to identify concealed damage where packaging shows impact, moisture exposure, deformation, or other warning signs.

Retain damaged packaging and protective materials until inspection, claim review, or replacement authorization is complete.

7.4.24 Rejected Materials

Reject products that are:

  • Damaged beyond acceptable repair.
  • Wet or contaminated.
  • Incorrectly finished.
  • Incorrectly configured.
  • Missing identification.
  • Missing critical components.
  • Previously installed or used.
  • Modified without approval.
  • Outside the approved product submittal.

Segregate rejected materials from accepted products and remove them from the installation inventory.

7.4.25 Minor Packaging Damage

Minor packaging damage may be accepted only after internal components have been inspected and confirmed undamaged, complete, clean, and suitable for installation.

Repair protective packaging before transferring accepted products to storage.

7.4.26 Replacement Shipments

Clearly identify replacement shipments and link them to the original damaged, rejected, missing, or incorrect items.

Inspect replacement products using the same receiving requirements as the original shipment.

7.4.27 Site Transfer After Receipt

Transfer accepted materials from the receiving area to secure storage without dragging, dropping, stacking improperly, or exposing packages to weather and active construction.

Maintain package identification and project-area designation during internal transport.

7.4.28 Delivery to Installation Area

Deliver products from storage to the installation area only when substrates, utilities, access, environmental conditions, and trade sequencing are ready.

Avoid placing uninstalled products in public areas, active restrooms, wet zones, unlocked rooms, or locations exposed to impact and contamination.

7.4.29 Chain of Custody

Maintain control of delivered materials from site receipt through installation.

Record, where required:

Date received
Receiving person
Storage location
Quantity transferred
Installation area
Installer receiving materials

7.4.30 Delivery Security

Protect delivered products from theft, tampering, substitution, unauthorized use, and removal of accessories.

Do not leave high-value finished or electronic components unattended in unsecured areas.

7.4.31 Delivery Environmental Limits

Do not leave faucet assemblies, electronic controls, batteries, transformers, hoses, seals, or finished components exposed to environmental conditions outside manufacturer recommendations.

Avoid exposure to:

  • Freezing temperatures.
  • Excessive heat.
  • Condensation and high moisture.
  • Direct sunlight for prolonged periods.
  • Corrosive vapors.
  • Dust-producing operations.
  • Pressure washing.
  • Standing water.

7.4.32 Delivery Acceptance

Accept delivered products only after the visible package condition, shipment quantity, identification, and documentation have been reviewed.

Acceptance of delivery shall not waive the right to reject concealed damage, shortages, incorrect products, finish defects, or nonconforming components discovered during detailed inspection.

7.4.33 Delivery Deficiency Resolution

Resolve shortages, damage, discrepancies, and rejected materials before the affected installation sequence is released.

Do not substitute components from other models, finishes, power systems, or faucet assemblies to compensate for delivery deficiencies without written approval.

7.4.34 Delivery Inspection Record

Inspection Item Status Comments or Action
Package count verified [Accepted / Deficient] [Insert]
Packaging condition acceptable [Yes / No] [Insert]
Model and configuration verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Finish verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Quantity verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Accessories complete [Yes / No] [Insert]
Visible damage documented [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Rejected materials isolated [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Accepted materials transferred to secure storage [Yes / No] [Insert]

7.4.35 Completion of Delivery

Delivery is complete only after materials have been unloaded, inspected, documented, accepted or rejected, inventoried, and transferred to approved storage.

Maintain delivery and deficiency records as part of project quality-control documentation.

End of Part 7.4 — Delivery to Site Part 7.5 should address storage and protection, including secure indoor storage, environmental conditions, package stacking, finish protection, electronic-component storage, inventory control, damage prevention, and release of products for installation.
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements
```

Part 7.5 — Storage and Protection

Requirements for secure indoor storage, environmental control, package protection, finish preservation, electronic-component handling, inventory management, segregation of damaged materials, and protection of commercial touchless faucet systems before installation.

```
```
Execution Stage After Receipt, Before Installation
Primary Responsibility Contractor and Material Custodian
Required Action Secure, Preserve, Track
Release Status Install Only After Reinspection
Specifier Note Improper site storage can damage decorative finishes, deform hoses, contaminate solenoids, degrade seals, discharge batteries, and void product warranties. Require controlled indoor storage until the installation area is ready.

7.5.1 General Storage Requirements

Store commercial touchless faucet assemblies, electronic controls, solenoid valves, power components, hoses, filters, mixing devices, trim, and accessories in conditions that preserve their original quality and installation readiness.

Maintain products in original manufacturer packaging until required for inspection, inventory, preassembly, or installation.

Do not store products in exterior areas, open trailers, active restrooms, mechanical rooms subject to leakage, unfinished basements, damp spaces, or unsecured public areas.

7.5.2 Approved Storage Location

Provide an indoor storage area that is:

Dry
Clean
Secure
Weather-tight
Temperature-controlled where required
Protected from construction traffic
Accessible for inspection
Organized by project area

7.5.3 Environmental Conditions

Maintain environmental conditions within the published limits for the most sensitive stored component.

Condition Storage Requirement
Temperature Prevent freezing, excessive heat, and rapid temperature cycling.
Humidity Prevent condensation, persistent dampness, and moisture accumulation.
Sunlight Avoid prolonged direct ultraviolet exposure.
Dust Protect products from cutting, sanding, grinding, and demolition dust.
Chemicals Separate from solvents, acids, adhesives, cleaners, fuels, and corrosive vapors.
Water Exposure Keep above floor level and away from leaks, drains, and washdown areas.

7.5.4 Elevation Above Floor

Store packaged products on pallets, shelving, racks, or raised platforms.

Maintain sufficient elevation above the floor to protect products from minor flooding, cleaning water, condensation, concrete moisture, and floor contamination.

Do not place cartons directly on unfinished concrete, soil, wet plywood, or surfaces subject to leakage.

7.5.5 Original Packaging

Retain original cartons, protective sleeves, foam inserts, caps, bags, dividers, films, and restraints until products are released for installation.

Where packaging must be opened for inspection, restore the protective system before returning the product to storage.

Do not discard packaging required for damage claims, product identification, relocation, or final installation protection.

7.5.6 Package Orientation

Store packages in the orientation indicated by manufacturer markings.

Do not invert, stand on end, or place packages in positions likely to shift internal components, bend spouts, deform hoses, or load decorative surfaces.

7.5.7 Package Stacking

Stack packages only where permitted by manufacturer markings and package construction.

  • Place heavier packages below lighter packages.
  • Maintain stable, square stacks.
  • Do not exceed package load limits.
  • Do not stack on crushed or damaged cartons.
  • Do not allow packages to project into aisles.
  • Do not place tools, pipe, fittings, or other materials on faucet cartons.
  • Maintain access to labels without moving entire stacks.

7.5.8 Shelving and Racking

Use shelving and racks capable of supporting the stored load without excessive deflection, instability, sharp contact points, or risk of product impact.

Provide shelf surfaces that are clean, smooth, dry, and free from protrusions that may puncture packaging.

7.5.9 Aisles and Access

Maintain clear aisles for inspection, inventory, movement, fire safety, and removal of specific products without disturbing adjacent materials.

Do not obstruct exits, electrical panels, fire protection equipment, mechanical access, or emergency pathways.

7.5.10 Product Segregation

Segregate stored products by:

Building
Floor
Project phase
Room or restroom group
Model
Finish
Power configuration
Installation status

Prevent mixing of visually similar models, flow rates, finishes, sensor types, or electrical configurations.

7.5.11 Inventory Identification

Maintain manufacturer labels and project identification on each carton, bin, rack, or storage group.

Do not obscure model, finish, quantity, serial, lot, flow, power, or project-area information.

Replace damaged or illegible storage labels with controlled project labels linked to the original product record.

7.5.12 Inventory Control

Maintain a current inventory record for stored materials.

Inventory Field Required Record
Product Identification Model, finish, sensor type, power type, and flow configuration.
Quantity Received, stored, issued, installed, rejected, and remaining.
Location Room, rack, shelf, container, or secured storage zone.
Condition Accepted, quarantined, damaged, incomplete, or released.
Custody Person or trade responsible for release and transfer.

7.5.13 Security

Store products in locked or controlled-access areas.

Limit access to authorized receiving personnel, installers, inspectors, and project representatives.

Protect high-value decorative, electronic, and power components from theft, tampering, substitution, and unauthorized removal.

7.5.14 Decorative Finish Protection

Keep decorative faucet bodies, spouts, escutcheons, trim, and coordinated accessories individually protected.

Prevent contact with:

Metal tools
Abrasive materials
Unprotected adjacent fixtures
Adhesive tape
Wet cardboard
Acidic cleaners
Cement dust
Corrosive vapors

7.5.15 Protective Films

Retain manufacturer-applied protective films until installation or final cleaning, as appropriate for the product.

Do not add incompatible plastic films, adhesive wraps, or tapes directly to finished surfaces.

Remove films before they become brittle, permanently bonded, stained, or difficult to remove.

7.5.16 Electronic Component Storage

Store sensor modules, control boards, solenoid coils, transformers, gateways, power supplies, communication interfaces, and wiring harnesses in sealed protective packaging.

  • Protect from moisture and condensation.
  • Protect connectors from bending and contamination.
  • Avoid electrostatic discharge hazards.
  • Do not place electronic components on metal shelves without packaging.
  • Do not energize stored components.
  • Do not remove factory programming or identification labels.

7.5.17 Solenoid Valve Storage

Store solenoid valves with ports capped and valve interiors protected from dust, scale, moisture, insects, sealant, and foreign material.

Do not use valve ports as lifting points or storage supports.

Isolate any solenoid assembly with missing caps, damaged leads, cracked enclosures, corroded parts, or visible internal contamination.

7.5.18 Battery Storage

Store batteries in original packaging with terminals protected.

Do not store batteries:

  • In direct sunlight.
  • Near heat sources.
  • In damp locations.
  • Loose with metal objects.
  • Inside installed battery holders for extended pre-commissioning periods unless approved.
  • Beyond the marked shelf-life or expiration period.

Remove leaking, swollen, corroded, damaged, or expired batteries from project inventory and dispose of them through approved procedures.

7.5.19 Transformer and Power-Supply Storage

Store transformers and power supplies in dry packaging with terminals, leads, housings, and identification labels protected.

Do not stack heavy materials on power components or bend attached leads below their minimum bend radius.

7.5.20 Hose Storage

Store flexible hoses and connectors without kinking, flattening, twisting, compression, or sharp-radius bending.

Keep end caps in place.

Do not hang hoses from one end, place heavy packages on coiled hoses, or expose hose materials to oils, solvents, sharp edges, or ultraviolet light.

7.5.21 Seal and Gasket Storage

Store O-rings, washers, diaphragms, gaskets, and elastomeric seals in sealed packaging away from heat, sunlight, ozone-generating equipment, oils, solvents, and deformation.

Do not use seals that are cracked, flattened, swollen, hardened, contaminated, or unidentified.

7.5.22 Filter and Strainer Storage

Store filters, strainers, cartridges, and flow-control devices in closed, clean packaging.

Prevent contamination by dust, sealant, metal filings, masonry debris, packing fibers, or cleaning chemicals.

7.5.23 Mixing Valve Storage

Store thermostatic and mechanical mixing devices with all ports capped and adjustment mechanisms protected.

Maintain factory settings, model labels, directional markings, and certification labels until installation.

7.5.24 Accessories and Small Components

Store mounting hardware, adapters, fasteners, connectors, check valves, clips, brackets, tools, and service parts in labeled bins or original accessory packages.

Do not combine unidentified small components from different models or installation areas.

7.5.25 Protection From Construction Dust

Seal storage areas or provide secondary covering during cutting, grinding, sanding, concrete work, demolition, or other dust-producing activities.

Use coverings that do not trap condensation or transfer chemicals to product packaging.

Inspect stored materials after significant dust events before release for installation.

7.5.26 Protection From Water

Locate stored materials away from roof drains, temporary water lines, floor drains, plumbing test areas, sprinkler work, exterior doors, and known leak paths.

Inspect storage areas after storms, plumbing failures, sprinkler incidents, or water testing.

Quarantine products exposed to water or condensation until their condition is verified.

7.5.27 Protection From Chemicals

Separate touchless faucet materials from:

Masonry cleaners
Acids
Solvents
Paint removers
Adhesives
Chlorine products
Fuels and lubricants
Unapproved cleaning compounds

7.5.28 Protection From Impact

Protect storage zones from forklifts, carts, ladders, falling tools, material handling, pipe storage, and construction traffic.

Install barriers, rack guards, elevation, or warning markings where impact risk exists.

7.5.29 Protection From Freezing

Protect components that contain residual test water, lubricants, seals, batteries, or electronic assemblies from freezing conditions.

Relocate products immediately if heating is interrupted or storage temperatures may fall below approved limits.

7.5.30 Long-Term Storage

Where storage extends beyond the normal construction period, inspect products at scheduled intervals.

Long-term inspections shall include:

  • Package integrity.
  • Moisture or condensation.
  • Corrosion.
  • Battery shelf life.
  • Seal condition.
  • Label legibility.
  • Inventory completeness.
  • Storage-area security.

7.5.31 Storage Area Inspection

Inspect the storage area regularly for water intrusion, temperature instability, unauthorized access, pest activity, chemical exposure, damaged shelving, blocked aisles, and construction impact.

Correct adverse conditions immediately and inspect affected products.

7.5.32 Damaged Packaging

Repair torn, punctured, crushed, open, or wet packaging only after the product has been inspected.

Use clean, non-damaging materials to restore protection.

Do not conceal evidence of product damage by repackaging without documentation.

7.5.33 Quarantine Area

Provide a clearly identified quarantine area for damaged, wet, incomplete, incorrect, expired, or questionable products.

Prevent quarantined materials from being issued for installation until formally accepted, repaired, replaced, or rejected.

7.5.34 Nonconforming Product Identification

Mark nonconforming products with controlled identification stating the reason for segregation and disposition status.

Do not mark decorative finishes or functional components directly with permanent ink, paint, adhesive labels, or engraving.

7.5.35 Removal of Rejected Materials

Remove rejected materials from accepted inventory promptly.

Maintain records linking rejected products to replacement shipments, claims, repair authorization, or disposal.

7.5.36 Issuance to Installers

Release only complete, approved, undamaged, and correctly identified materials to installers.

Record:

Issue date
Quantity
Product identification
Installation area
Receiving installer
Condition at release

7.5.37 Transfer to Work Area

Transfer products to the work area in original or equivalent protective packaging.

Deliver only the quantity expected to be installed during the approved work period.

Return unused products to secure storage rather than leaving them exposed in the work area.

7.5.38 Temporary Work-Area Storage

Where temporary storage near the installation area is necessary, use a clean, dry, secure location protected from impact, water, dust, chemicals, and public access.

Do not store faucet components inside basins, on countertops, on finished floors, or within open casework without protective support.

7.5.39 Pre-Installation Reinspection

Reinspect products before installation.

  • Verify correct model and finish.
  • Verify complete components.
  • Verify package and finish condition.
  • Verify ports and connectors remain protected.
  • Verify hoses are not kinked or damaged.
  • Verify batteries remain acceptable.
  • Verify no evidence of moisture, corrosion, or contamination.

7.5.40 Protection After Unpacking

After unpacking, keep components on clean protective surfaces and separate finished surfaces from tools, fasteners, and rough materials.

Maintain caps on hydraulic ports and covers on electrical connectors until immediately before connection.

Do not leave unpacked components unattended in active construction areas.

7.5.41 Installed Product Protection

Protect installed faucet systems from subsequent construction activities until final acceptance.

Protection shall prevent:

Scratching
Impact
Paint overspray
Dust accumulation
Chemical exposure
Unauthorized operation
Component removal
Water intrusion

7.5.42 Protection Materials

Use protection materials that do not scratch finishes, trap moisture, leave adhesive residue, restrict ventilation, or interfere with required inspections.

Do not wrap energized components, obstruct sensor windows, cover ventilation openings, or seal wet materials against faucet finishes.

7.5.43 Unauthorized Use

Prevent installed faucets from being used for construction cleanup, tool washing, paint disposal, masonry work, chemical mixing, or other non-design purposes.

Where early use is approved, inspect, clean, test, and document each faucet before final acceptance.

7.5.44 Storage and Protection Deficiencies

Report damage, contamination, corrosion, missing components, environmental exposure, security breaches, or inventory discrepancies promptly.

Correct storage conditions immediately.

Do not install questionable products pending inspection and disposition.

7.5.45 Storage and Protection Record

Inspection Item Status Corrective Action or Comments
Storage area dry and secure [Acceptable / Deficient] [Insert]
Products elevated above floor [Yes / No] [Insert]
Packaging intact [Yes / No] [Insert]
Finish protection maintained [Yes / No] [Insert]
Electronic components protected [Yes / No] [Insert]
Battery condition verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Inventory current [Yes / No] [Insert]
Damaged materials quarantined [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Products ready for release [Yes / No] [Insert]

7.5.46 Completion of Storage and Protection

Storage and protection responsibilities remain in effect until products are installed, tested, cleaned, protected from subsequent work, and accepted by the responsible project authority.

Maintain records of inspections, deficiencies, corrective actions, product releases, and damaged-material disposition as part of project quality-control documentation.

End of Part 7.5 — Storage and Protection Part 7.6 should address handling requirements, including lifting, internal transport, unpacking, component movement, protection of finishes and connectors, use of tools, contamination prevention, and transfer to the point of installation.
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements

Part 7.6 — Handling

Requirements governing handling of commercial touchless faucet systems from storage through final placement, including lifting, internal transportation, unpacking, finish protection, contamination control, electronic-component handling, and preparation for installation.

Execution Stage Storage to Installation
Responsible Party Installer & Contractor
Primary Objective Prevent Damage
Inspection Status Continuous During Handling
Specifier Note Many finish defects, bent spouts, damaged sensors, contaminated solenoids, and connector failures occur during internal handling rather than transportation. Every movement of materials shall preserve product integrity until commissioning.

7.6.1 General Handling Requirements

Handle all faucet assemblies, electronic components, trim, accessories, and packaged products using procedures that prevent mechanical damage, contamination, finish deterioration, deformation, and loss of product identification.

Handling operations shall be planned to minimize unnecessary movement between receiving, storage, staging, and installation areas.

Products exhibiting damage during handling shall be removed from installation inventory until inspected.

7.6.2 Personnel Qualifications

Handling shall be performed by personnel familiar with commercial plumbing fixtures, electronic sensor systems, and decorative architectural finishes.

Personnel shall understand approved lifting methods, packaging requirements, contamination prevention, and manufacturer handling instructions.

7.6.3 Handling Planning

Before moving materials, verify travel routes, access openings, elevator availability, floor protection, staging locations, and installation readiness.

Avoid unnecessary intermediate handling or repeated relocation of products.

7.6.4 Internal Transportation

Transport products using carts, dollies, pallet equipment, or other handling devices suitable for the weight, dimensions, and sensitivity of the packaged materials.

Handling Method Requirement
Hand Carrying Support product evenly using both hands.
Cart Transport Provide padded stable support.
Forklift Use only for palletized shipments.
Elevator Protect packages from shifting.

7.6.5 Manual Lifting

Lift packaged products using proper lifting techniques appropriate for product size and weight.

  • Support loads evenly.
  • Do not lift by spouts.
  • Do not lift by flexible hoses.
  • Do not lift by electrical wiring.
  • Do not lift by sensor housings.
  • Use additional personnel where required.

7.6.6 Mechanical Handling Equipment

Mechanical handling equipment shall be clean, properly maintained, and appropriate for the handled load.

Contact surfaces shall not scratch, puncture, deform, or crush product packaging.

7.6.7 Protection During Movement

Prevent impact with walls, doors, columns, piping, structural members, ladders, carts, and other construction materials during movement.

Maintain adequate clearance at corners, ramps, doorways, and elevator entrances.

7.6.8 Shock and Vibration Control

Avoid dropping, sliding, bouncing, or abrupt stopping of transported materials.

Provide cushioning where repeated vibration may damage electronic assemblies or decorative finishes.

7.6.9 Handling Orientation

Maintain product orientation identified by manufacturer markings throughout movement.

Do not rotate packages into unsupported positions likely to deform internal components.

7.6.10 Handling of Decorative Components

Protect exposed architectural finishes from contact with tools, metal surfaces, abrasive materials, concrete, masonry products, fasteners, or unfinished structural members.

7.6.11 Handling of Faucet Bodies

Carry faucet bodies using the main casting or approved lifting surfaces.

Do not use spouts, aerators, sensor windows, escutcheons, or threaded connections as lifting points.

7.6.12 Handling of Sensor Assemblies

Protect sensor windows from scratching, fingerprints, impact, and contamination.

Do not apply tape, labels, marking pens, or cleaning solvents directly to sensor faces.

7.6.13 Handling of Electronic Components

Keep electronic modules in protective packaging until required for installation.

  • Protect connectors.
  • Prevent electrostatic discharge.
  • Keep identification labels intact.
  • Prevent moisture exposure.
  • Avoid dropping assemblies.

7.6.14 Handling of Solenoid Valves

Maintain protective caps on inlet and outlet ports during movement.

Prevent contamination of valve interiors by dust, debris, sealant, or moisture.

7.6.15 Handling of Flexible Hoses

Protect hoses from sharp bends, twisting, flattening, stretching, crushing, or abrasion.

Maintain protective caps until immediately before installation.

7.6.16 Handling of Batteries

Carry batteries in original protective packaging.

Prevent short-circuiting, impact damage, moisture exposure, excessive heat, and contact with conductive materials.

7.6.17 Handling of Transformers

Protect transformer housings, wiring, mounting brackets, and terminals from deformation or contamination during handling.

7.6.18 Handling of Small Components

Store and transport fasteners, adapters, strainers, O-rings, filters, clips, and accessories in labeled containers that prevent loss or mixing between products.

7.6.19 Unpacking Procedures

Open packages carefully using methods that prevent cutting or scratching concealed components.

Retain packaging until product completeness has been verified.

7.6.20 Inspection After Unpacking

Inspect each product immediately after unpacking for finish damage, missing components, contamination, deformation, incorrect configuration, or visible defects.

7.6.21 Temporary Placement

Place unpacked products only on clean padded surfaces.

Do not place faucet assemblies directly on finished countertops, tile floors, concrete, or exposed steel framing.

7.6.22 Handling During Staging

Organize staged materials by installation sequence and protect them from accidental disturbance by other trades.

7.6.23 Cleanliness During Handling

Maintain clean handling practices.

  • Wear clean gloves where appropriate.
  • Prevent contamination of water passages.
  • Keep protective caps installed.
  • Do not expose internal components to construction dust.

7.6.24 Protection of Hydraulic Components

Protect threaded ports, cartridges, filters, check valves, aerators, and internal passages from dirt, sealant, metal filings, and construction debris.

7.6.25 Protection of Electrical Connections

Prevent bending of connector pins, moisture intrusion, contamination, or mechanical loading of electrical wiring and connection points.

7.6.26 Separation From Other Materials

Keep faucet products separated from piping, structural steel, masonry products, chemicals, fuels, adhesives, and abrasive construction materials during handling.

7.6.27 Weather Protection

Protect materials from rain, snow, excessive heat, freezing conditions, wind-driven dust, and direct sunlight during movement between buildings or work areas.

7.6.28 Temporary Protection

Reapply protective coverings after inspection whenever products will not be installed immediately.

7.6.29 Handling Damage

Products damaged during handling shall be identified, documented, removed from installation inventory, and evaluated before further use.

7.6.30 Handling Documentation

Record Item Documentation
Date Movement date.
Responsible Person Handling personnel.
Destination Storage or installation area.
Condition Accepted or damaged.

7.6.31 Final Handling Verification

Before installation, verify that handled products remain complete, clean, undamaged, correctly identified, and suitable for installation.

End of Part 7.6 — Handling Part 7.7 should address Field Conditions Verification, including verification of rough plumbing, electrical readiness, mounting surfaces, environmental conditions, dimensional tolerances, accessibility clearances, utility availability, substrate acceptance, and readiness for installation before any faucet system is installed.
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements

Part 7.7 — Field Conditions Verification

Requirements for final verification of plumbing rough-ins, electrical readiness, mounting surfaces, utility availability, dimensional tolerances, environmental conditions, accessibility clearances, service access, and installation-area readiness before commercial touchless faucet systems are installed.

```
```
Execution Stage Immediately Before Installation
Primary Responsibility Installing Contractor
Required Action Measure, Verify, Accept
Installation Release Proceed Only After Approval
Specifier Note This section is the final installation-readiness checkpoint. Field conditions shall be reverified even where earlier examination, coordination, and rough-in inspections have already been completed.

7.7.1 General Field Verification

Verify actual field conditions immediately before installation of each commercial touchless faucet assembly.

Confirm that conditions affecting mounting, connection, operation, accessibility, serviceability, calibration, testing, and appearance comply with approved documents and manufacturer requirements.

Do not begin installation where unresolved deficiencies, dimensional conflicts, incomplete work, unsafe conditions, or incompatible utilities remain.

7.7.2 Approved Documents

Verify field conditions against the current approved documents.

Contract drawings
Fixture schedules
Approved product submittals
Coordination drawings
Electrical diagrams
Accessibility details
Installation instructions
Approved field clarifications

Resolve discrepancies between field conditions and approved documents before proceeding.

7.7.3 Installation-Area Readiness

Confirm that the installation area is complete enough to receive and protect the faucet system.

  • Countertops and basins are installed and secured.
  • Wall finishes affecting installation are complete.
  • Casework is aligned and fixed in place.
  • Required access panels are installed or openings are available.
  • Dust-producing work is complete or isolated.
  • Wet-applied finishes have cured.
  • The work area is clean, dry, illuminated, and secure.
  • Adjacent trades will not obstruct or damage the installation.

7.7.4 Field Measurements

Measure actual field dimensions before unpacking, drilling, cutting, mounting, or connecting faucet components.

Required measurements shall include, as applicable:

Mounting-hole diameter
Hole-center spacing
Deck thickness
Spout-to-basin relationship
Supply-valve location
Available service clearance
Wall cavity depth
Electrical component clearance

7.7.5 Dimensional Tolerances

Verify that field dimensions fall within the installation tolerances permitted by the approved faucet assembly.

Do not force components into misaligned, undersized, oversized, or improperly spaced openings.

Do not enlarge holes, modify trim, bend mounting stems, or alter factory components without written approval.

7.7.6 Plumbing Rough-In Verification

Verify plumbing rough-ins before connecting any faucet component.

Verification Item Required Condition
Supply Location Aligned with approved installation details.
Pipe Size Adequate for the scheduled flow and connected demand.
Connection Type Compatible with approved fittings, hoses, and adapters.
Isolation Accessible local shutoff valves are provided.
Cleanliness Piping is flushed and free from visible debris.
Support Piping and valves are independently supported.

7.7.7 Water-Supply Identification

Confirm that each supply is correctly identified as cold, hot, or tempered water.

Verify supply orientation and connection sequence where hot-and-cold inlets serve a mixing device.

Do not rely solely on valve-handle color, pipe insulation, tags, or record drawings without field verification.

7.7.8 Shutoff-Valve Verification

Verify that local shutoff valves are installed, accessible, operable, correctly connected, and free from leakage.

Replace or correct valves that cannot provide reliable isolation for installation and future maintenance.

7.7.9 Water-Pressure Verification

Verify available static and dynamic water pressure at representative installation locations.

Specified Operating Range: 10–100 psi unless the approved product data requires a more restrictive range.

Correct inadequate, unstable, excessive, or surge-prone pressure conditions before installation and commissioning.

7.7.10 Water-Temperature Verification

Verify water temperature where the faucet is supplied by hot, tempered, or mixed water.

Component Temperature Range: 39–176°F for specified system components unless approved product data states otherwise.

Confirm that delivered user temperature complies with the project plumbing design and approved temperature-control requirements.

7.7.11 Water Quality and Flushing

Verify that supply piping has been flushed before connection to filters, check valves, flow controls, solenoids, cartridges, or mixing devices.

Inspect discharged water for:

  • Metal filings.
  • Pipe scale.
  • Solder or brazing residue.
  • Thread sealant.
  • Construction debris.
  • Discoloration or excessive sediment.

7.7.12 Leak-Free Rough-In

Confirm that existing and new rough-in piping, valves, joints, and fittings are free from visible leakage before faucet components are installed.

Correct seepage, staining, corrosion, or moisture conditions that may expose electronic components or finished casework to water.

7.7.13 Electrical Rough-In Verification

Verify electrical conditions for AC-powered, DC-powered, hybrid, central-power, networked, or building-integrated faucet systems.

Correct voltage
Correct polarity
Circuit availability
Grounding and bonding
Transformer location
Wiring accessibility
Moisture protection
Cable-routing clearance

7.7.14 Transformer Capacity

Verify transformer or power-supply capacity against the number and type of connected faucet systems.

Confirm that the power source is not overloaded and does not serve unidentified or incompatible equipment.

Do not connect faucet systems to unverified, damaged, inaccessible, or improperly rated power supplies.

7.7.15 Battery Readiness

Verify that batteries intended for installation are the approved type, within shelf-life limits, undamaged, and stored under acceptable conditions.

Do not install leaking, swollen, corroded, mixed, previously used, or expired batteries.

7.7.16 Countertop Verification

Verify countertop conditions before mounting deck-installed faucets.

  • Material is structurally sound.
  • Mounting holes are correctly sized and located.
  • Deck thickness is compatible with mounting hardware.
  • Required reinforcement is installed.
  • Edges around openings are clean and undamaged.
  • Surface is flat enough for proper gasket compression.
  • Escutcheon coverage is adequate.
  • Below-deck mounting access is unobstructed.

7.7.17 Basin Verification

Verify that the basin geometry is compatible with the faucet outlet location, detection field, flow pattern, and intended user position.

Confirm:

Adequate basin depth
Appropriate spout reach
Drain location compatibility
Low splash potential
No sensor obstruction
Secure basin mounting

7.7.18 Wall-Mounting Verification

For wall-mounted faucet systems, verify:

  • Wall construction and finished thickness.
  • Mounting depth and outlet projection.
  • Blocking, backing, or carrier support.
  • Alignment of concealed and exposed components.
  • Waterproofing integrity.
  • Access to control and service components.
  • Clearance from mirrors, shelves, and backsplashes.

7.7.19 Mounting-Surface Condition

Mounting surfaces shall be clean, dry, stable, level, and capable of supporting the faucet assembly without movement or deformation.

Correct cracked, loose, uneven, deteriorated, water-damaged, or inadequately supported surfaces before installation.

7.7.20 Casework Verification

Verify casework does not obstruct supply hoses, shutoff valves, solenoids, controllers, batteries, transformers, mixing valves, filters, or future service access.

Coordinate required shelves, drawers, partitions, liners, and access-panel modifications before installation.

7.7.21 Service Access Verification

Confirm that serviceable components can be inspected, isolated, removed, adjusted, cleaned, and replaced without destructive removal of permanent construction.

Service access shall be maintained for:

Shutoff valves
Filters and strainers
Solenoid valves
Controllers
Battery holders
Transformers
Mixing valves
Electrical connections

7.7.22 Accessibility Verification

Verify that faucet placement, basin position, controls, piping, and below-deck components do not reduce required accessibility clearances.

Confirm compliance with approved project details for:

  • Forward or side approach.
  • Knee clearance.
  • Toe clearance.
  • Reach range.
  • Clear floor space.
  • Protection from exposed piping and sharp components.
  • Unobstructed hands-free activation.

7.7.23 Sensor-Environment Verification

Evaluate the actual detection environment before mounting and calibration.

Potential Influence Verification Requirement
Mirror or Reflective Backsplash Confirm it does not create false or unstable detection.
Reflective Basin Confirm sensor angle and range can be adjusted appropriately.
Direct Sunlight Evaluate exposure during representative operating hours.
Adjacent Sensor Devices Verify adequate separation from faucets, soap dispensers, dryers, and flush valves.
Public Traffic Confirm passing users cannot trigger unintended activation.

7.7.24 Sensor Detection Clearance

Confirm that the required detection field can be established within the approved adjustment range.

Specified Adjustable Detection Range: 1.2–10 inches, subject to product configuration and field calibration.

Remove or relocate obstructions that prevent normal hand detection or create continuous activation.

7.7.25 Adjacent-Fixture Coordination

Verify the final location of adjacent faucets, soap dispensers, drains, accessories, mirrors, partitions, hand dryers, and other equipment.

Confirm adequate spacing for operation, cleaning, maintenance, and prevention of sensor interference.

7.7.26 Drainage Readiness

Confirm that the basin drain and waste system are installed, open, secure, and capable of receiving test and flushing water.

Do not operate or test faucets over basins with incomplete, blocked, leaking, or disconnected drainage.

7.7.27 Environmental Conditions

Verify that ambient conditions are suitable for installation and initial operation.

Specified Environmental Basis: 39–176°F component range, humidity not exceeding 95 percent, and protection consistent with specified IP65–IP67 component ratings.

Prevent installation where active condensation, freezing, uncontrolled heat, direct washdown, or corrosive exposure may damage components.

7.7.28 Lighting Conditions

Verify that permanent or representative lighting is available for sensor evaluation and final alignment.

Where lighting conditions will change after installation, coordinate final sensor calibration after permanent lighting is operational.

7.7.29 Cleanliness of Work Area

Confirm that the work area is free from dust, loose fasteners, metal filings, sealant residue, masonry debris, standing water, paint, and chemical contaminants.

Clean mounting and connection areas before removing protective caps or opening electronic-component packaging.

7.7.30 Required Tools and Instruments

Confirm that appropriate tools and calibrated instruments are available before installation.

Torque tools
Pressure gauge
Temperature instrument
Electrical meter
Level and measuring tools
Approved sensor-programming device
Clean protective pads
Approved cleaning materials

7.7.31 Product Verification at Point of Installation

Confirm that each product delivered to the work area matches the approved fixture designation.

  • Correct faucet model.
  • Correct finish.
  • Correct sensor technology.
  • Correct power configuration.
  • Correct flow-control rating.
  • Correct supply arrangement.
  • Correct accessories and mounting components.

7.7.32 Product Condition at Installation

Verify that products are complete, clean, dry, undamaged, correctly packaged, and free from corrosion, contamination, deformation, or finish defects.

Do not install products with questionable condition or missing critical components.

7.7.33 Safety Conditions

Verify safe access, adequate illumination, dry working surfaces, utility isolation, appropriate personal protective equipment, and protection from public traffic.

Do not perform installation in energized, pressurized, unstable, contaminated, or otherwise unsafe conditions.

7.7.34 Deficiency Identification

Identify field conditions that may prevent compliant installation or reliable operation.

Deficiencies may include:

Incorrect rough-in location
Improper hole size
Insufficient service access
Incompatible voltage
Unflushed piping
Unstable water pressure
Sensor interference risk
Incomplete architectural work

7.7.35 Deficiency Reporting

Report unacceptable field conditions in writing before beginning affected installation work.

Include:

  • Location and fixture designation.
  • Measured condition.
  • Required condition.
  • Photographs where useful.
  • Affected trade or system.
  • Recommended corrective action.
  • Potential schedule or performance impact.

7.7.36 Corrective Work

Complete corrective work before releasing the affected location for faucet installation.

Corrective work shall be performed by the responsible qualified trade.

Reinspect corrected conditions before installation proceeds.

7.7.37 Prohibited Field Modifications

Do not modify factory faucet bodies, sensor windows, solenoid assemblies, controllers, power supplies, hoses, mounting hardware, flow controls, or certified components to compensate for unacceptable field conditions.

Obtain written approval before implementing any field modification that may affect performance, certification, warranty, accessibility, safety, or appearance.

7.7.38 Installation Release

Release an installation location only after all applicable field conditions have been verified and accepted.

Beginning installation constitutes acceptance of visible field conditions except conditions previously reported in writing and not reasonably discoverable.

7.7.39 Field Verification Record

Verification Item Status Measurement or Comments
Approved documents available [Yes / No] [Insert]
Field dimensions verified [Acceptable / Deficient] [Insert]
Plumbing rough-in ready [Yes / No] [Insert]
Water pressure verified [Yes / No] [Insert psi]
Water temperature verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert °F]
Piping flushed [Yes / No] [Insert]
Electrical rough-in ready [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Mounting surface acceptable [Yes / No] [Insert]
Service access verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Accessibility clearances verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Sensor environment acceptable [Yes / No] [Insert]
Product condition accepted [Yes / No] [Insert]
Installation released [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.7.40 Completion of Field Verification

Field verification is complete when all required conditions have been inspected, measured, documented, corrected where necessary, and accepted for installation.

Maintain completed verification records with project quality-control and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.7 — Field Conditions Verification Part 7.8 should address preparation, including work-area isolation, utility shutdown, surface cleaning, piping flushing, opening protection, layout marking, tool preparation, component organization, and readiness immediately before mounting and connection.
```
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements

Part 7.8 — Preparation

Requirements for work-area isolation, utility shutdown, surface preparation, pipe flushing, layout marking, opening protection, component organization, tool readiness, contamination prevention, and final preparation immediately before mounting and connecting commercial touchless faucet systems.

```
```
Execution Stage Immediately Before Installation
Primary Responsibility Installing Contractor
Required Action Isolate, Clean, Lay Out
Release Condition Ready for Mounting
Specifier Note Preparation shall occur after field conditions have been accepted but before protective caps, hydraulic ports, electronic connectors, or decorative components are exposed. Proper preparation reduces installation defects, debris-related valve failures, finish damage, and coordination conflicts.

7.8.1 General Preparation Requirements

Prepare each installation location in accordance with the approved product data, coordination drawings, fixture schedule, manufacturer instructions, and accepted field conditions.

Complete preparation before placing faucet bodies, sensors, solenoids, controllers, power components, hoses, mixing devices, filters, or accessories into their permanent positions.

Do not begin mounting or connection activities until the work area, utilities, substrates, tools, components, and protective measures are ready.

7.8.2 Preparation Sequence

Sequence Preparation Activity
1 Secure and isolate the work area.
2 Shut down and verify required utilities.
3 Protect adjacent finishes and occupied areas.
4 Clean and prepare mounting surfaces.
5 Flush and prepare water-supply piping.
6 Mark locations and organize components.
7 Verify tools, instruments, fasteners, and consumables.
8 Complete final readiness inspection.

7.8.3 Work-Area Isolation

Isolate the installation area from occupants, construction traffic, unrelated trades, and unauthorized personnel.

Provide temporary measures appropriate to the location, including:

Barriers
Warning signage
Floor protection
Dust control
Tool-control zones
Temporary access restrictions

7.8.4 Occupied-Area Preparation

In occupied facilities, coordinate preparation activities with the Owner or facility representative before restricting restroom access or interrupting utilities.

  • Post approved notices.
  • Maintain safe circulation routes.
  • Identify alternative restroom facilities where required.
  • Control noise, dust, odors, and debris.
  • Prevent public contact with open piping, wiring, tools, and components.
  • Limit the work area to the approved shutdown zone.

7.8.5 Utility Shutdown Preparation

Coordinate water and electrical shutdowns before disturbing existing systems or connecting new components.

Confirm:

Shutdown authorization
Affected system boundaries
Valve or circuit identification
Shutdown duration
Restoration responsibility
Emergency contingency procedures

7.8.6 Water Isolation

Close the applicable local or branch shutoff valves and verify that water flow has stopped before opening piping or removing caps.

Relieve residual pressure and drain trapped water into suitable containers.

Do not rely on valve position alone; verify isolation at the point of work.

7.8.7 Electrical Isolation

De-energize applicable electrical circuits and low-voltage power supplies before making electrical connections or modifying existing powered systems.

Verify the absence of unintended voltage using an appropriate test instrument.

Apply required lockout, tagging, or controlled-isolation procedures in accordance with project safety requirements.

7.8.8 Residual Water Control

Provide containers, absorbent materials, temporary barriers, and cleanup equipment before disconnecting or opening water lines.

Prevent water from contacting casework, flooring, walls, electrical components, stored materials, or occupied areas.

7.8.9 Protection of Adjacent Construction

Protect construction and equipment surrounding the installation location.

Countertops
Basins
Casework
Mirrors and glass
Tile and stone
Wall finishes
Floor finishes
Adjacent fixtures

7.8.10 Protective Coverings

Use clean, nonabrasive protective pads, sheets, temporary covers, or barriers suitable for the adjacent finish.

Do not apply adhesive tape directly to decorative plumbing finishes, sensor windows, stone, coated metal, or sensitive surfaces unless specifically approved.

Remove coverings that become wet, contaminated, abrasive, or unstable.

7.8.11 Mounting-Surface Cleaning

Clean mounting surfaces before positioning gaskets, escutcheons, bases, support plates, wall flanges, or mounting hardware.

Remove:

  • Dust and loose debris.
  • Adhesive residue.
  • Excess grout or mortar.
  • Sealant buildup.
  • Metal filings.
  • Standing water.
  • Protective-film fragments.
  • Materials that prevent gasket contact.

7.8.12 Mounting-Surface Dryness

Confirm that mounting surfaces are dry before installing gaskets, sealants, mounting plates, electronic components, or adhesive-backed accessories.

Investigate and correct persistent moisture, leakage, condensation, or water intrusion before proceeding.

7.8.13 Surface Repair

Repair chips, cracks, voids, delamination, unsupported edges, deteriorated substrates, and irregularities that may prevent stable mounting or proper sealing.

Allow repair materials to cure before applying mounting loads or sealants.

7.8.14 Existing Opening Preparation

Inspect existing mounting holes, wall penetrations, sleeves, and access openings for size, alignment, finish condition, cleanliness, and structural integrity.

Remove sharp edges, burrs, loose material, and debris without enlarging openings beyond approved tolerances.

Protect surrounding finishes during edge preparation.

7.8.15 New Opening Layout

Lay out new openings from approved dimensions and verified field conditions.

Confirm layout relative to:

Basin centerline
Drain location
Backsplash clearance
Countertop edge distance
Structural reinforcement
Adjacent accessories
Below-deck components
Accessibility clearances

7.8.16 Layout Marking

Use removable, nonstaining marking methods compatible with the countertop, wall, tile, stone, basin, or finish material.

Do not use permanent markers, metal scribes, punches, or adhesive labels that may damage visible finish surfaces.

Verify layout before cutting, drilling, or coring.

7.8.17 Drilling and Cutting Preparation

Before drilling, cutting, or coring:

  • Verify concealed utility locations.
  • Confirm the correct cutting tool for the substrate.
  • Protect finished surfaces.
  • Provide dust and slurry control.
  • Support brittle or fragile materials.
  • Confirm required edge clearances.
  • Coordinate waterproofing and firestopping.
  • Obtain required approvals.

7.8.18 Penetration Protection

Protect open penetrations from debris, water, pests, and unauthorized use until permanent components are installed.

Use temporary covers or plugs that can be removed without damaging surrounding construction.

7.8.19 Plumbing Connection Preparation

Prepare water-supply connection points before removing protective caps from faucet components.

Confirm that connection points are:

Correctly located
Correctly sized
Clean
Undamaged
Properly supported
Accessible
Free of leakage
Ready for approved fittings

7.8.20 Supply-Piping Flushing

Flush water-supply piping before connecting solenoids, filters, strainers, check valves, mixing devices, flexible hoses, or faucet assemblies.

Direct flushing water through a temporary hose or approved discharge arrangement that bypasses sensitive faucet components.

Continue flushing until discharged water is visibly free from construction debris and foreign material.

7.8.21 Flushing Discharge Control

Discharge flushing water to a suitable drain or container without flooding, erosion, contamination, or damage to finishes.

Do not discharge flushing water into incomplete basins, open casework, wall cavities, electrical areas, or locations where debris may enter finished drainage systems.

7.8.22 Flushing Inspection

Inspect flushing discharge for:

Metal particles
Pipe scale
Thread sealant
Solder residue
Sand or grit
Discoloration
Oil or chemical contamination
Other foreign material

Investigate persistent contamination before connecting the faucet system.

7.8.23 Post-Flushing Isolation

Close supply valves after flushing and protect open connection points from recontamination.

Do not leave flushed piping open while drilling, grinding, sanding, or other debris-producing work continues nearby.

7.8.24 Thread Preparation

Inspect threaded connections for damage, contamination, cross-threading risk, burrs, and incompatible adapters.

Use only approved thread-sealing materials suitable for potable-water service and the connected materials.

Prevent excess sealant from entering the waterway, solenoid valve, filter, check valve, or flow-control device.

7.8.25 Flexible-Connector Preparation

Verify flexible connectors are the correct length, size, rating, and connection type for the approved installation.

Before connection, confirm that hoses are:

  • Clean and dry.
  • Free from cuts and abrasion.
  • Free from kinks and flattening.
  • Fitted with required seals.
  • Long enough for a relaxed routing path.
  • Short enough to avoid uncontrolled loops and entanglement.

7.8.26 Mixing-Device Preparation

Verify mixing valves and temperature-limiting devices are correctly identified, oriented, accessible, and compatible with the approved faucet flow range.

Confirm hot- and cold-water supplies before removing port caps.

Maintain factory settings until the system is ready for controlled adjustment and testing.

7.8.27 Solenoid Preparation

Inspect the solenoid valve for correct model, flow direction, voltage, connector type, port condition, and visible damage.

Keep inlet and outlet caps installed until immediately before hydraulic connection.

Do not energize the solenoid before it is installed, connected, and ready for controlled testing.

7.8.28 Filter and Strainer Preparation

Verify required filters and strainers are present, clean, correctly oriented, and accessible for future servicing.

Do not install contaminated, damaged, deformed, or incorrectly sized screens or cartridges.

7.8.29 Flow-Control Preparation

Verify that the outlet, aerator, laminar device, spray outlet, or pressure-compensating flow control matches the approved flow rate and faucet model.

Keep the flow-control device protected until faucet mounting and primary flushing activities are complete.

7.8.30 Electrical Connection Preparation

Prepare electrical and low-voltage connection points before positioning control modules, transformers, battery holders, gateways, or wiring harnesses.

Confirm:

Correct voltage
Correct polarity
Circuit isolation
Connector compatibility
Cable-routing path
Strain-relief provisions
Moisture protection
Service accessibility

7.8.31 Cable-Route Preparation

Establish cable routes that avoid sharp edges, heat sources, standing water, pinch points, abrasive surfaces, moving drawers, access-panel fasteners, and plumbing-maintenance zones.

Provide supports, clips, grommets, bushings, or protective sleeves where required.

Do not route cables where they will support component weight or be placed under continuous tension.

7.8.32 Electronic-Component Preparation

Keep sensors, controllers, gateways, wiring harnesses, and electronic accessories in protective packaging until the work area is clean and ready.

Before installation:

  • Verify model and configuration.
  • Inspect housings and connectors.
  • Confirm labels remain legible.
  • Protect against static discharge.
  • Confirm the component is dry and uncontaminated.
  • Do not remove firmware, calibration, or identification labels.

7.8.33 Battery Preparation

Verify battery type, quantity, chemistry, voltage, polarity, shelf life, and condition before installation.

Keep terminals protected until insertion into the approved holder or battery pack.

Do not mix battery brands, chemistries, ages, capacities, or states of charge unless specifically permitted.

7.8.34 Mounting-Hardware Preparation

Organize the approved mounting shanks, nuts, washers, support plates, anchors, brackets, fasteners, gaskets, escutcheons, and reinforcement components for each installation location.

Do not substitute field-selected fasteners or anchors without verifying material, corrosion resistance, load capacity, dimensions, and compatibility.

7.8.35 Seal and Gasket Preparation

Inspect O-rings, washers, gaskets, diaphragms, and seals for correct size, material, cleanliness, flexibility, and condition.

Do not use seals that are cut, twisted, flattened, hardened, swollen, contaminated, or previously compressed beyond reuse limits.

7.8.36 Sealant Preparation

Use sealants only where indicated by approved details or manufacturer instructions.

Verify sealant compatibility with:

Faucet finish
Countertop material
Basin material
Gaskets
Waterproofing
Cleaning products

Do not use excessive sealant or materials that may enter mounting holes, sensors, water passages, or electronic enclosures.

7.8.37 Tool Preparation

Assemble clean, serviceable tools appropriate to the installation and protect decorative surfaces from direct tool contact.

Required tools may include:

Torque wrench
Basin wrench
Approved service keys
Level
Measuring tools
Electrical meter
Pressure gauge
Temperature instrument

7.8.38 Tool Cleanliness

Clean tools before use around finished faucet surfaces, seals, water passages, sensors, and electronic components.

Do not use tools contaminated with oil, metal filings, abrasive compounds, masonry dust, adhesive, sealant, or corrosive chemicals.

7.8.39 Instrument Verification

Confirm that measuring and test instruments are suitable for the expected range and in acceptable operating condition.

Use calibrated instruments where required by the project quality-control or commissioning plan.

7.8.40 Component Organization

Organize components by faucet assembly and installation location before mounting begins.

Keep visually similar components from different models, finishes, flow rates, power systems, and sensor types separated.

Do not combine unidentified loose components from different packages.

7.8.41 Component Inventory

Confirm that each installation set includes all required components.

Component Group Required Verification
Faucet Assembly Body, outlet, sensor, trim, and mounting components.
Hydraulic Components Solenoid, hoses, filters, check valves, adapters, and seals.
Power Components Battery pack, transformer, power supply, or hybrid module.
Control Components Controller, wiring harness, connectors, and communication accessories.
Temperature Components Mixing valve, limiting valve, check valves, and adjustment accessories.
Documentation Installation instructions, wiring diagrams, and model identification.

7.8.42 Unpacking at Point of Installation

Unpack products at or near the installation location only after the work area is clean, protected, and ready.

Place unpacked components on clean padded surfaces.

Retain packaging until completeness and condition have been verified.

7.8.43 Protective-Cap Removal

Remove protective caps, plugs, connector covers, and films only when required for the immediate installation activity.

Reapply protection where connection or mounting will be delayed.

7.8.44 Sensor-Window Protection

Keep the sensor window protected from fingerprints, scratches, tape, sealant, dust, and cleaning chemicals during preparation.

Use only approved nonabrasive materials when cleaning is required.

7.8.45 Decorative-Finish Protection

Maintain protective sleeves, films, pads, or wrapping on decorative surfaces during preparation and mounting where they do not interfere with proper assembly.

Do not place finished faucet bodies directly on countertops, basins, tile, concrete, metal framing, or tool trays.

7.8.46 Clean-Handling Practices

Use clean hands or clean gloves when handling:

Decorative finishes
Sensor windows
Seals and gaskets
Waterway components
Electronic connectors
Flow-control devices

7.8.47 Contamination Prevention

Prevent debris, sealant, dust, metal filings, packing fibers, oils, cleaning compounds, and other foreign materials from entering hydraulic or electronic components.

Stop installation preparation and reclean the area if contamination occurs after flushing or protective-cap removal.

7.8.48 Temporary Component Support

Provide temporary supports for solenoids, controllers, power supplies, mixing valves, hoses, and wiring during preparation and assembly.

Do not allow component weight to be supported by hoses, wires, connectors, faucet shanks, or unfinished piping connections.

7.8.49 Service-Clearance Layout

Before fastening below-deck or concealed components, lay out their approximate positions and verify required service access.

Maintain clearance for:

  • Valve isolation.
  • Filter removal.
  • Battery replacement.
  • Controller reset or replacement.
  • Transformer inspection.
  • Mixing-valve adjustment.
  • Solenoid removal.
  • Cable and connector inspection.

7.8.50 Accessibility Preparation

Confirm that the planned location of below-deck components, piping, enclosures, and supports will not reduce required knee or toe clearance.

Coordinate insulation, guards, and exposed-component protection before permanent fastening.

7.8.51 Sensor-Environment Preparation

Remove temporary reflective materials, protective coverings, tools, packaging, and construction objects from the intended detection field before final sensor positioning.

Where permanent mirrors, polished surfaces, adjacent sensors, or direct lighting may affect operation, confirm the planned mounting orientation before fastening the faucet.

7.8.52 Drainage Preparation

Confirm that the basin drain, waste connection, and trap are complete and capable of receiving installation and test water.

Protect drains from construction debris during drilling, cutting, sealant application, and component assembly.

7.8.53 Lighting and Visibility

Provide adequate lighting for verification of threads, seals, connector orientation, mounting alignment, finish condition, labeling, and component routing.

Use temporary lighting where permanent lighting is insufficient, without exposing electronic sensors to damaging heat or unstable mounting conditions.

7.8.54 Preparation Deficiencies

Stop preparation and report conditions including:

Active leakage
Contaminated piping
Damaged threads
Incorrect openings
Missing components
Unsafe electrical condition
Insufficient service clearance
Unprotected finished surfaces

7.8.55 Prohibited Preparation Practices

  • Using the faucet body as a drilling or layout template where damage may occur.
  • Flushing debris through the solenoid or flow-control outlet.
  • Leaving open hydraulic connections exposed to construction dust.
  • Applying excessive thread sealant.
  • Cutting factory wiring or hoses during preparation.
  • Mixing components from different faucet models.
  • Placing decorative components on abrasive surfaces.
  • Energizing unmounted or incompletely connected assemblies.
  • Modifying mounting holes or supports without approval.
  • Proceeding while utilities remain unidentified or uncontrolled.

7.8.56 Final Preparation Inspection

Before mounting begins, verify:

  • The work area is isolated and protected.
  • Utilities are correctly isolated.
  • Mounting surfaces are clean, dry, and stable.
  • Water-supply piping has been flushed.
  • Open connections are protected.
  • Layout dimensions are confirmed.
  • Required tools and instruments are available.
  • Components are complete and organized.
  • Decorative and electronic parts remain protected.
  • Service and accessibility clearances are maintained.

7.8.57 Preparation Checklist

Preparation Item Status Comments or Corrective Action
Work area isolated and protected [Complete / Deficient] [Insert]
Water supply isolated [Yes / No] [Insert]
Electrical power isolated [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Mounting surface cleaned [Yes / No] [Insert]
Mounting openings verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Supply piping flushed [Yes / No] [Insert]
Hydraulic connections clean and protected [Yes / No] [Insert]
Electrical route prepared [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Components inventoried and organized [Yes / No] [Insert]
Tools and instruments ready [Yes / No] [Insert]
Service clearance maintained [Yes / No] [Insert]
Accessibility clearances maintained [Yes / No] [Insert]
Location released for mounting [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.8.58 Completion of Preparation

Preparation is complete when the work area, mounting conditions, utilities, connection points, components, tools, protective measures, and service clearances are ready for permanent installation.

Maintain completed preparation records with project quality-control and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.8 — Preparation Part 7.9 should address installer qualifications, including trade licensing, documented experience, manufacturer-instruction competency, electronic-control familiarity, testing capability, supervision, and responsibility for complete installation.
```
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements

Part 7.9 — Installer Qualifications

Qualification requirements for personnel installing, connecting, configuring, testing, and commissioning commercial touchless faucet systems, including licensing, trade experience, electronic-control competency, supervision, documentation, and responsibility for complete installation.

```
```
Execution Stage Before and During Installation
Primary Responsibility Installing Contractor
Qualification Basis Licensing, Experience, Competency
Approval Status Verify Before Work Begins
Specifier Note Touchless faucet installation requires both plumbing competence and familiarity with low-voltage electronic controls. Retain manufacturer-authorized or factory-trained installer language only where the selected product has a documented installer program.

7.9.1 General Installer Requirements

Installation shall be performed by qualified personnel experienced in commercial plumbing fixtures, electronic sensor faucets, solenoid valves, low-voltage controls, power components, and related accessories.

Installers shall be familiar with the approved product data, installation instructions, wiring diagrams, fixture schedules, coordination drawings, and project quality-control requirements.

Assign personnel capable of completing the work without unauthorized product modification, improvised connections, or compromise of service access, certification, performance, or warranty.

7.9.2 Licensing

Plumbing work shall be performed under the supervision of personnel holding licenses required by the authority having jurisdiction.

Electrical work shall be performed by appropriately licensed personnel where required by code, project requirements, or the scope of the connection.

Maintain required licenses, registrations, permits, and trade credentials throughout the work.

7.9.3 Minimum Experience

The installing organization shall demonstrate experience with comparable commercial touchless plumbing installations.

Qualification Item Project Requirement
Years of Commercial Plumbing Experience [Insert minimum years]
Comparable Touchless Installations [Insert minimum number or retain documented experience]
Commercial Project Type [Healthcare / Education / Hospitality / Transportation / Office / Other]
Electronic Control Experience Required for sensor, solenoid, and power-system installation.

7.9.4 Comparable Work

Comparable work shall include installation of commercial lavatory faucets incorporating automatic sensing, electronic valve control, battery or hardwired power, and field calibration.

Relevant experience may include:

Single-station lavatories
Gang lavatory systems
High-traffic public restrooms
Wall-mounted sensor faucets
Central-power faucet systems
Networked fixture controls
Tempered-water systems
Occupied-facility retrofits

7.9.5 Installer Organization

The installing organization shall maintain sufficient personnel, supervision, tools, instruments, and technical resources to complete the work within the approved schedule.

The organization shall be capable of coordinating plumbing, electrical, architectural, controls, casework, and commissioning interfaces.

7.9.6 Lead Installer

Designate a lead installer responsible for directing installation, verifying compliance, coordinating trades, reviewing field conditions, and resolving deficiencies.

The lead installer shall:

  • Review approved product documentation.
  • Attend required coordination meetings.
  • Verify installer qualifications.
  • Supervise critical connection work.
  • Confirm field testing and documentation.
  • Coordinate correction of deficiencies.
  • Remain available through commissioning and acceptance.

7.9.7 Plumbing Competency

Plumbing installers shall demonstrate competency in:

Potable-water connections
Pipe flushing
Flexible connector installation
Solenoid-valve installation
Filter and strainer service
Mixing-device installation
Leak testing
Flow and temperature verification

7.9.8 Electronic-Control Competency

Personnel installing or servicing electronic components shall understand:

  • Sensor placement and detection zones.
  • Controller and solenoid interfaces.
  • Battery installation and polarity.
  • Low-voltage power connections.
  • Connector protection and cable routing.
  • Startup and calibration procedures.
  • Diagnostic indicators and fault codes.
  • Safety time-out and reset functions.

7.9.9 Electrical Work Competency

Electrical connections beyond factory plug-and-connect assemblies shall be performed by qualified electrical personnel where required.

Electrical personnel shall be competent in:

Circuit identification
Voltage verification
Polarity verification
Transformer installation
Grounding and bonding
Low-voltage cable routing
Circuit isolation
Electrical testing

7.9.10 Sensor Technology Familiarity

Installers shall be familiar with the sensor technology used by the selected product.

Sensor Type Required Installer Understanding
Time-of-Flight Distance-based detection, zone limits, reflective conditions, and calibration.
Active Infrared Reflection-based detection, sensor angle, background surfaces, and range setting.
Hybrid Detection Model-specific combined sensing and signal-validation requirements.

7.9.11 Manufacturer Instructions

Installers shall review and follow the current manufacturer instructions for the exact selected model.

General familiarity with other sensor faucets shall not replace review of model-specific mounting, hydraulic, electrical, calibration, and service requirements.

7.9.12 Manufacturer Training

Where required and available, installers shall complete applicable manufacturer or authorized representative training before beginning work.

Training may include installation methods, sensor calibration, diagnostic procedures, control programming, power-system requirements, and maintenance.

Retain training certificates or attendance records where required by the Contract Documents.

7.9.13 Factory-Authorized Installer

Where the selected product has a documented authorized-installer program and the project requires participation, provide installers recognized under that program.

Do not require factory authorization where no applicable program exists or where authorization is unrelated to the work being performed.

7.9.14 Preinstallation Instruction

Brief installation personnel before work begins.

Instruction shall address:

Approved models and finishes
Mounting configurations
Power arrangements
Flow-control requirements
Sensor-environment risks
Testing procedures
Protection requirements
Documentation responsibilities

7.9.15 Documentation Competency

Installers shall be capable of interpreting approved shop drawings, piping diagrams, wiring diagrams, component schedules, mounting details, accessibility requirements, and commissioning forms.

Questions or discrepancies shall be referred to the lead installer or responsible design authority before work proceeds.

7.9.16 Tool Competency

Installers shall be competent in the use of tools required for the work.

  • Torque-controlled tools.
  • Basin and plumbing wrenches.
  • Pressure gauges.
  • Temperature instruments.
  • Electrical meters.
  • Sensor-programming or adjustment tools.
  • Approved diagnostic equipment.
  • Finish-protection materials.

7.9.17 Test Instrument Competency

Personnel performing field verification and testing shall understand the correct use, range, limitations, and interpretation of applicable test instruments.

Where required, testing shall be performed with instruments having current calibration records.

7.9.18 Finish-Handling Competency

Installers shall understand handling and cleaning requirements for chrome, brushed, polished, plated, coated, painted, and specialty finishes.

Personnel shall avoid abrasive materials, unapproved chemicals, metal-tool contact, adhesive residue, and uncontrolled sealant exposure.

7.9.19 Potable-Water Cleanliness

Installers shall use clean handling practices for components forming part of the potable-water path.

Personnel shall understand requirements for:

Protective caps
Clean tools
Approved sealants
Flushed piping
Contamination prevention
Clean connection surfaces

7.9.20 Accessibility Awareness

Installers shall understand project accessibility requirements affecting faucet location, basin relationship, clear floor space, knee clearance, toe clearance, piping protection, and unobstructed hands-free operation.

Installation personnel shall not relocate components into required accessible clearances without approval.

7.9.21 Service-Access Awareness

Installers shall position serviceable components to permit future isolation, inspection, adjustment, cleaning, battery replacement, filter service, and component removal.

Personnel shall understand that successful initial operation does not justify inaccessible or destructive service arrangements.

7.9.22 Occupied-Facility Experience

Where installation occurs in occupied facilities, provide personnel experienced in phased work, controlled shutdowns, temporary protection, public safety, cleanliness, and rapid restoration of service.

Additional project-specific procedures may apply in healthcare, laboratory, food-service, transportation, secure, or mission-critical facilities.

7.9.23 Retrofit Experience

For retrofit projects, installers shall be experienced in evaluating existing piping, electrical systems, mounting openings, finishes, casework, and concealed conditions.

Personnel shall not assume existing controls, transformers, hoses, sensors, or solenoids are compatible with new products without verification.

7.9.24 Networked-System Competency

Where networked or smart-fixture functions are included, assign personnel familiar with the approved gateway, communication interface, device addressing, point mapping, and local configuration procedure.

Network configuration shall be coordinated with the Owner's information-technology, controls, and cybersecurity representatives.

7.9.25 Cybersecurity Awareness

Personnel working with connected faucet systems shall follow project requirements for credentials, device access, network connection, firmware, configuration records, and protection of sensitive system information.

Do not use unauthorized applications, public networks, shared credentials, or undocumented configuration changes.

7.9.26 Commissioning Competency

Personnel supporting commissioning shall understand startup, calibration, functional testing, fault simulation, adjustment, documentation, and correction procedures applicable to the selected product.

Installers shall remain available to assist the commissioning authority, Architect, Engineer, manufacturer representative, or Owner during required acceptance testing.

7.9.27 Quality-Control Responsibility

The installing contractor shall be responsible for workmanship quality, component compatibility, installation completeness, field adjustment, testing, documentation, and correction of deficiencies.

Inspection by others shall not relieve the installing contractor of responsibility for compliant installation.

7.9.28 Supervision

Provide continuous or appropriately scheduled supervision during mounting, hydraulic connection, electrical connection, calibration, testing, and correction activities.

Critical work shall not be assigned to unsupervised personnel lacking demonstrated competency.

7.9.29 Crew Continuity

Maintain reasonable continuity of qualified personnel throughout repetitive installations to promote consistent workmanship and configuration.

Brief replacement or additional personnel before they begin work.

7.9.30 First-Installation Review

Complete the first representative installation under direct supervision of the lead installer.

Review the first installation for:

Mounting alignment
Hydraulic routing
Electrical routing
Component accessibility
Sensor operation
Leak-free performance
Finish condition
Documentation completeness

Correct deficiencies in the first installation before proceeding with repetitive work.

7.9.31 Repetitive Installation Control

Use the accepted first installation as the workmanship standard for comparable locations.

Reverify conditions where basin geometry, countertop thickness, wall construction, power arrangement, or accessory layout differs.

7.9.32 Subcontractor Qualifications

Subcontracted portions of the work shall be performed by organizations and personnel meeting the same applicable qualifications as the primary installer.

The primary installing contractor shall remain responsible for coordination and complete system performance.

7.9.33 Manufacturer Representative

Where required, provide an authorized manufacturer representative to review installation, provide technical guidance, assist with startup, or support commissioning.

Manufacturer representation shall not replace qualified trade installation or contractor quality control.

7.9.34 Prohibited Installer Practices

  • Installing from superseded or unapproved documents.
  • Mixing components from different models without approval.
  • Substituting unapproved power supplies, hoses, solenoids, or flow controls.
  • Cutting factory wiring or connectors without authorization.
  • Forcing misaligned components into place.
  • Concealing inaccessible service components.
  • Omitting required flushing, testing, or calibration.
  • Using damaged or contaminated components.
  • Leaving unresolved leaks or electrical faults.
  • Placing incomplete systems into public service.

7.9.35 Installer Qualification Submittal

Where required, submit qualification documentation before installation.

Submittal Item Required Information
Company Experience Comparable projects, scope, completion date, and reference.
Licenses Applicable plumbing and electrical credentials.
Lead Installer Name, role, experience, and qualifications.
Training Relevant manufacturer, controls, or safety training where applicable.
Testing Capability Available instruments, procedures, and responsible personnel.

7.9.36 Qualification Review

Review submitted qualifications before authorizing installation.

Acceptance of qualifications does not relieve the installer from compliance with product instructions, Contract Documents, code requirements, or final performance obligations.

7.9.37 Change in Qualified Personnel

Notify the responsible project authority when the lead installer, commissioning technician, or other key qualified personnel change during the work.

Provide replacement personnel with equal or greater applicable qualifications and brief them on completed work, open deficiencies, and project-specific requirements.

7.9.38 Deficient Workmanship

Where recurring deficiencies indicate inadequate installer competency or supervision, suspend affected work and provide corrective instruction, additional supervision, or replacement personnel.

Reinspect previously completed installations affected by the same workmanship issue.

7.9.39 Installer Responsibility Through Acceptance

Installer responsibility shall continue through adjustment, testing, commissioning, deficiency correction, cleaning, Owner demonstration, and final acceptance.

Installation shall not be considered complete solely because the faucet is mounted or water initially flows.

7.9.40 Installer Qualification Record

Qualification Item Status Documentation or Comments
Required plumbing license verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Required electrical qualification verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Comparable project experience verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Lead installer identified [Yes / No] [Insert name]
Electronic-control competency verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Manufacturer training completed [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Required tools and instruments available [Yes / No] [Insert]
First-installation review scheduled [Yes / No] [Insert]
Commissioning support assigned [Yes / No] [Insert]
Installer qualifications accepted [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.9.41 Completion of Installer Qualification Review

Installer qualification review is complete when required credentials, experience, supervision, technical competency, testing capability, and documentation responsibilities have been verified and accepted.

Maintain qualification records with project quality-control, submittal, and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.9 — Installer Qualifications Part 7.10 should address verification of rough plumbing, including supply locations, pipe sizing, shutoff valves, pressure, temperature, flushing, support, connection compatibility, mixing arrangements, and readiness for final faucet connection.
```
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements

Part 7.9 — Installer Qualifications

Qualification requirements for personnel installing, connecting, configuring, testing, and commissioning commercial touchless faucet systems, including licensing, trade experience, electronic-control competency, supervision, documentation, and responsibility for complete installation.

```
```
Execution Stage Before and During Installation
Primary Responsibility Installing Contractor
Qualification Basis Licensing, Experience, Competency
Approval Status Verify Before Work Begins
Specifier Note Touchless faucet installation requires both plumbing competence and familiarity with low-voltage electronic controls. Retain manufacturer-authorized or factory-trained installer language only where the selected product has a documented installer program.

7.9.1 General Installer Requirements

Installation shall be performed by qualified personnel experienced in commercial plumbing fixtures, electronic sensor faucets, solenoid valves, low-voltage controls, power components, and related accessories.

Installers shall be familiar with the approved product data, installation instructions, wiring diagrams, fixture schedules, coordination drawings, and project quality-control requirements.

Assign personnel capable of completing the work without unauthorized product modification, improvised connections, or compromise of service access, certification, performance, or warranty.

7.9.2 Licensing

Plumbing work shall be performed under the supervision of personnel holding licenses required by the authority having jurisdiction.

Electrical work shall be performed by appropriately licensed personnel where required by code, project requirements, or the scope of the connection.

Maintain required licenses, registrations, permits, and trade credentials throughout the work.

7.9.3 Minimum Experience

The installing organization shall demonstrate experience with comparable commercial touchless plumbing installations.

Qualification Item Project Requirement
Years of Commercial Plumbing Experience [Insert minimum years]
Comparable Touchless Installations [Insert minimum number or retain documented experience]
Commercial Project Type [Healthcare / Education / Hospitality / Transportation / Office / Other]
Electronic Control Experience Required for sensor, solenoid, and power-system installation.

7.9.4 Comparable Work

Comparable work shall include installation of commercial lavatory faucets incorporating automatic sensing, electronic valve control, battery or hardwired power, and field calibration.

Relevant experience may include:

Single-station lavatories
Gang lavatory systems
High-traffic public restrooms
Wall-mounted sensor faucets
Central-power faucet systems
Networked fixture controls
Tempered-water systems
Occupied-facility retrofits

7.9.5 Installer Organization

The installing organization shall maintain sufficient personnel, supervision, tools, instruments, and technical resources to complete the work within the approved schedule.

The organization shall be capable of coordinating plumbing, electrical, architectural, controls, casework, and commissioning interfaces.

7.9.6 Lead Installer

Designate a lead installer responsible for directing installation, verifying compliance, coordinating trades, reviewing field conditions, and resolving deficiencies.

The lead installer shall:

  • Review approved product documentation.
  • Attend required coordination meetings.
  • Verify installer qualifications.
  • Supervise critical connection work.
  • Confirm field testing and documentation.
  • Coordinate correction of deficiencies.
  • Remain available through commissioning and acceptance.

7.9.7 Plumbing Competency

Plumbing installers shall demonstrate competency in:

Potable-water connections
Pipe flushing
Flexible connector installation
Solenoid-valve installation
Filter and strainer service
Mixing-device installation
Leak testing
Flow and temperature verification

7.9.8 Electronic-Control Competency

Personnel installing or servicing electronic components shall understand:

  • Sensor placement and detection zones.
  • Controller and solenoid interfaces.
  • Battery installation and polarity.
  • Low-voltage power connections.
  • Connector protection and cable routing.
  • Startup and calibration procedures.
  • Diagnostic indicators and fault codes.
  • Safety time-out and reset functions.

7.9.9 Electrical Work Competency

Electrical connections beyond factory plug-and-connect assemblies shall be performed by qualified electrical personnel where required.

Electrical personnel shall be competent in:

Circuit identification
Voltage verification
Polarity verification
Transformer installation
Grounding and bonding
Low-voltage cable routing
Circuit isolation
Electrical testing

7.9.10 Sensor Technology Familiarity

Installers shall be familiar with the sensor technology used by the selected product.

Sensor Type Required Installer Understanding
Time-of-Flight Distance-based detection, zone limits, reflective conditions, and calibration.
Active Infrared Reflection-based detection, sensor angle, background surfaces, and range setting.
Hybrid Detection Model-specific combined sensing and signal-validation requirements.

7.9.11 Manufacturer Instructions

Installers shall review and follow the current manufacturer instructions for the exact selected model.

General familiarity with other sensor faucets shall not replace review of model-specific mounting, hydraulic, electrical, calibration, and service requirements.

7.9.12 Manufacturer Training

Where required and available, installers shall complete applicable manufacturer or authorized representative training before beginning work.

Training may include installation methods, sensor calibration, diagnostic procedures, control programming, power-system requirements, and maintenance.

Retain training certificates or attendance records where required by the Contract Documents.

7.9.13 Factory-Authorized Installer

Where the selected product has a documented authorized-installer program and the project requires participation, provide installers recognized under that program.

Do not require factory authorization where no applicable program exists or where authorization is unrelated to the work being performed.

7.9.14 Preinstallation Instruction

Brief installation personnel before work begins.

Instruction shall address:

Approved models and finishes
Mounting configurations
Power arrangements
Flow-control requirements
Sensor-environment risks
Testing procedures
Protection requirements
Documentation responsibilities

7.9.15 Documentation Competency

Installers shall be capable of interpreting approved shop drawings, piping diagrams, wiring diagrams, component schedules, mounting details, accessibility requirements, and commissioning forms.

Questions or discrepancies shall be referred to the lead installer or responsible design authority before work proceeds.

7.9.16 Tool Competency

Installers shall be competent in the use of tools required for the work.

  • Torque-controlled tools.
  • Basin and plumbing wrenches.
  • Pressure gauges.
  • Temperature instruments.
  • Electrical meters.
  • Sensor-programming or adjustment tools.
  • Approved diagnostic equipment.
  • Finish-protection materials.

7.9.17 Test Instrument Competency

Personnel performing field verification and testing shall understand the correct use, range, limitations, and interpretation of applicable test instruments.

Where required, testing shall be performed with instruments having current calibration records.

7.9.18 Finish-Handling Competency

Installers shall understand handling and cleaning requirements for chrome, brushed, polished, plated, coated, painted, and specialty finishes.

Personnel shall avoid abrasive materials, unapproved chemicals, metal-tool contact, adhesive residue, and uncontrolled sealant exposure.

7.9.19 Potable-Water Cleanliness

Installers shall use clean handling practices for components forming part of the potable-water path.

Personnel shall understand requirements for:

Protective caps
Clean tools
Approved sealants
Flushed piping
Contamination prevention
Clean connection surfaces

7.9.20 Accessibility Awareness

Installers shall understand project accessibility requirements affecting faucet location, basin relationship, clear floor space, knee clearance, toe clearance, piping protection, and unobstructed hands-free operation.

Installation personnel shall not relocate components into required accessible clearances without approval.

7.9.21 Service-Access Awareness

Installers shall position serviceable components to permit future isolation, inspection, adjustment, cleaning, battery replacement, filter service, and component removal.

Personnel shall understand that successful initial operation does not justify inaccessible or destructive service arrangements.

7.9.22 Occupied-Facility Experience

Where installation occurs in occupied facilities, provide personnel experienced in phased work, controlled shutdowns, temporary protection, public safety, cleanliness, and rapid restoration of service.

Additional project-specific procedures may apply in healthcare, laboratory, food-service, transportation, secure, or mission-critical facilities.

7.9.23 Retrofit Experience

For retrofit projects, installers shall be experienced in evaluating existing piping, electrical systems, mounting openings, finishes, casework, and concealed conditions.

Personnel shall not assume existing controls, transformers, hoses, sensors, or solenoids are compatible with new products without verification.

7.9.24 Networked-System Competency

Where networked or smart-fixture functions are included, assign personnel familiar with the approved gateway, communication interface, device addressing, point mapping, and local configuration procedure.

Network configuration shall be coordinated with the Owner's information-technology, controls, and cybersecurity representatives.

7.9.25 Cybersecurity Awareness

Personnel working with connected faucet systems shall follow project requirements for credentials, device access, network connection, firmware, configuration records, and protection of sensitive system information.

Do not use unauthorized applications, public networks, shared credentials, or undocumented configuration changes.

7.9.26 Commissioning Competency

Personnel supporting commissioning shall understand startup, calibration, functional testing, fault simulation, adjustment, documentation, and correction procedures applicable to the selected product.

Installers shall remain available to assist the commissioning authority, Architect, Engineer, manufacturer representative, or Owner during required acceptance testing.

7.9.27 Quality-Control Responsibility

The installing contractor shall be responsible for workmanship quality, component compatibility, installation completeness, field adjustment, testing, documentation, and correction of deficiencies.

Inspection by others shall not relieve the installing contractor of responsibility for compliant installation.

7.9.28 Supervision

Provide continuous or appropriately scheduled supervision during mounting, hydraulic connection, electrical connection, calibration, testing, and correction activities.

Critical work shall not be assigned to unsupervised personnel lacking demonstrated competency.

7.9.29 Crew Continuity

Maintain reasonable continuity of qualified personnel throughout repetitive installations to promote consistent workmanship and configuration.

Brief replacement or additional personnel before they begin work.

7.9.30 First-Installation Review

Complete the first representative installation under direct supervision of the lead installer.

Review the first installation for:

Mounting alignment
Hydraulic routing
Electrical routing
Component accessibility
Sensor operation
Leak-free performance
Finish condition
Documentation completeness

Correct deficiencies in the first installation before proceeding with repetitive work.

7.9.31 Repetitive Installation Control

Use the accepted first installation as the workmanship standard for comparable locations.

Reverify conditions where basin geometry, countertop thickness, wall construction, power arrangement, or accessory layout differs.

7.9.32 Subcontractor Qualifications

Subcontracted portions of the work shall be performed by organizations and personnel meeting the same applicable qualifications as the primary installer.

The primary installing contractor shall remain responsible for coordination and complete system performance.

7.9.33 Manufacturer Representative

Where required, provide an authorized manufacturer representative to review installation, provide technical guidance, assist with startup, or support commissioning.

Manufacturer representation shall not replace qualified trade installation or contractor quality control.

7.9.34 Prohibited Installer Practices

  • Installing from superseded or unapproved documents.
  • Mixing components from different models without approval.
  • Substituting unapproved power supplies, hoses, solenoids, or flow controls.
  • Cutting factory wiring or connectors without authorization.
  • Forcing misaligned components into place.
  • Concealing inaccessible service components.
  • Omitting required flushing, testing, or calibration.
  • Using damaged or contaminated components.
  • Leaving unresolved leaks or electrical faults.
  • Placing incomplete systems into public service.

7.9.35 Installer Qualification Submittal

Where required, submit qualification documentation before installation.

Submittal Item Required Information
Company Experience Comparable projects, scope, completion date, and reference.
Licenses Applicable plumbing and electrical credentials.
Lead Installer Name, role, experience, and qualifications.
Training Relevant manufacturer, controls, or safety training where applicable.
Testing Capability Available instruments, procedures, and responsible personnel.

7.9.36 Qualification Review

Review submitted qualifications before authorizing installation.

Acceptance of qualifications does not relieve the installer from compliance with product instructions, Contract Documents, code requirements, or final performance obligations.

7.9.37 Change in Qualified Personnel

Notify the responsible project authority when the lead installer, commissioning technician, or other key qualified personnel change during the work.

Provide replacement personnel with equal or greater applicable qualifications and brief them on completed work, open deficiencies, and project-specific requirements.

7.9.38 Deficient Workmanship

Where recurring deficiencies indicate inadequate installer competency or supervision, suspend affected work and provide corrective instruction, additional supervision, or replacement personnel.

Reinspect previously completed installations affected by the same workmanship issue.

7.9.39 Installer Responsibility Through Acceptance

Installer responsibility shall continue through adjustment, testing, commissioning, deficiency correction, cleaning, Owner demonstration, and final acceptance.

Installation shall not be considered complete solely because the faucet is mounted or water initially flows.

7.9.40 Installer Qualification Record

Qualification Item Status Documentation or Comments
Required plumbing license verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Required electrical qualification verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Comparable project experience verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Lead installer identified [Yes / No] [Insert name]
Electronic-control competency verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Manufacturer training completed [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Required tools and instruments available [Yes / No] [Insert]
First-installation review scheduled [Yes / No] [Insert]
Commissioning support assigned [Yes / No] [Insert]
Installer qualifications accepted [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.9.41 Completion of Installer Qualification Review

Installer qualification review is complete when required credentials, experience, supervision, technical competency, testing capability, and documentation responsibilities have been verified and accepted.

Maintain qualification records with project quality-control, submittal, and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.9 — Installer Qualifications Part 7.10 should address verification of rough plumbing, including supply locations, pipe sizing, shutoff valves, pressure, temperature, flushing, support, connection compatibility, mixing arrangements, and readiness for final faucet connection.
```
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements

Part 7.10 — Verification of Rough Plumbing

Requirements for verifying water-supply locations, pipe sizing, materials, shutoff valves, pressure, temperature, flushing, support, connection compatibility, mixing arrangements, accessibility, and readiness for final connection of commercial touchless faucet systems.

```
```
Execution Stage Before Faucet Connection
Primary Responsibility Plumbing Contractor
Verification Basis Approved Drawings and Product Data
Release Condition Clean, Supported, Compatible
Specifier Note Rough plumbing shall be verified before sensitive faucet components are connected. Solenoid valves, filters, check valves, mixing devices, cartridges, and low-flow outlets are vulnerable to construction debris, improper pressure, reversed supplies, unsupported piping, and incompatible connections.

7.10.1 General Rough-Plumbing Verification

Verify plumbing rough-ins at each faucet location before installing or connecting faucet bodies, solenoid valves, flexible connectors, filters, check valves, flow-control devices, or mixing assemblies.

Confirm that actual field conditions comply with the approved plumbing drawings, fixture schedules, coordination drawings, product data, and applicable installation instructions.

Do not connect faucet systems to incomplete, contaminated, unsupported, unidentified, leaking, improperly located, or incompatible rough plumbing.

7.10.2 Verification Responsibility

The plumbing contractor shall verify rough-plumbing readiness and coordinate corrections with the responsible trade before faucet installation begins.

Verification by the Architect, Engineer, commissioning authority, manufacturer representative, or Owner shall not relieve the plumbing contractor from responsibility for correct rough-in and connection conditions.

7.10.3 Approved Rough-In Documents

Verify rough plumbing against current approved documents.

Plumbing plans
Plumbing details
Fixture schedules
Approved product data
Coordination drawings
Accessibility details
Approved substitutions
Field clarifications

7.10.4 Supply-Piping Location

Verify that supply piping terminates at the approved location and permits connection without excessive hose length, sharp bends, crossing of unrelated services, or interference with casework and accessibility clearances.

Correct supply locations that require forced alignment, unsupported offsets, excessive connector tension, or concealment of serviceable components.

7.10.5 Supply Elevation

Verify supply elevations relative to the finished floor, basin, countertop, casework, access opening, and approved below-deck component arrangement.

Maintain sufficient clearance for shutoff operation, hose connection, filter removal, solenoid service, mixing-valve adjustment, and future replacement.

7.10.6 Supply Orientation

Confirm the orientation of supply outlets permits connection without twisting hoses, reversing component flow, or placing excessive force on valves and fittings.

Reorient improperly directed outlets using approved fittings and supported piping rather than forcing flexible connectors into position.

7.10.7 Supply Quantity

Verify that the number of water-supply connections matches the approved faucet configuration.

Supply Configuration Verification Requirement
Cold-Water Only Verify one correctly identified cold-water supply.
Tempered-Water Supply Verify one supply from the approved temperature-control arrangement.
Hot and Cold Supplies Verify two correctly identified supplies serving the approved mixing device.
Central Tempering System Verify connection to the designated tempered-water branch.

7.10.8 Pipe Size

Verify supply-pipe size against the approved plumbing design and connected fixture demand.

Confirm that reductions, adapters, stops, filters, and flexible connectors do not create an unintended restriction affecting faucet operation.

Do not reduce rough-in pipe size below the approved design solely to match a faucet connection.

7.10.9 Pipe Material

Verify that supply piping and transition fittings are approved for potable-water service and compatible with connected valves, hoses, filters, and faucet components.

Provide suitable transition fittings where dissimilar materials, connection methods, or corrosion conditions require separation.

7.10.10 Connection Size and Type

Verify thread type, fitting size, compression arrangement, gasketed connection, or other approved interface before connection.

Confirm that adapters are rated and dimensioned for the specific connection.

Do not force incompatible threads, use multiple improvised adapters, or modify factory connection points.

7.10.11 Thread Condition

Inspect exposed threads for damage, cross-threading, corrosion, incomplete formation, burrs, contamination, and excess sealant.

Replace or repair defective threaded components before connecting faucet-system components.

7.10.12 Shutoff-Valve Provision

Provide an accessible local shutoff valve for each required water supply unless another approved isolation arrangement is indicated.

The shutoff arrangement shall permit service of the faucet, solenoid, filter, connector, and mixing device without unnecessary interruption to unrelated fixtures.

7.10.13 Shutoff-Valve Condition

Verify each shutoff valve is:

Accessible
Operable
Leak-free
Correctly sized
Properly supported
Correctly identified
Compatible with the connector
Suitable for repeated service

7.10.14 Shutoff-Valve Accessibility

Confirm shutoff valves remain accessible after installation of casework, access panels, pipe insulation, protective covers, and faucet-system components.

Valve operation shall not require removal of permanent construction or disconnection of unrelated equipment.

7.10.15 Hot-, Cold-, and Tempered-Water Identification

Positively identify each water supply before connection.

Verify identification by controlled flow or temperature testing where necessary.

Do not rely exclusively on valve-handle color, pipe tags, insulation color, or record drawings where actual supply identity has not been confirmed.

7.10.16 Reversed Supplies

Correct reversed hot- and cold-water supplies before connecting a mixing valve or temperature-control assembly.

Do not compensate for reversed rough plumbing by altering labeled faucet or mixing-device connections unless specifically permitted by approved manufacturer documentation.

7.10.17 Static Water Pressure

Measure static pressure at representative locations with fixtures inactive.

Confirm pressure is within the documented operating range of the selected faucet, solenoid valve, hoses, filters, mixing device, and related components.

Record measured pressure where required by the commissioning or quality-control plan.

7.10.18 Flowing Water Pressure

Measure representative flowing pressure under normal or simulated building demand where pressure adequacy is uncertain.

Evaluate the effect of simultaneous fixture use, pressure zones, booster systems, pressure-reducing valves, and branch-pipe sizing.

Correct conditions likely to cause weak flow, delayed operation, unstable temperature, excessive noise, or inconsistent performance.

7.10.19 Pressure Range

Use the operating-pressure range stated in the approved model-specific product data.

Project Operating Pressure: [Insert approved minimum and maximum pressure] psi.

Do not use a generic pressure range where a more restrictive component or model-specific requirement applies.

7.10.20 Excessive Pressure

Where static pressure exceeds the approved component rating or project design limit, provide or adjust pressure-control equipment before connection.

Do not rely on the faucet solenoid, outlet, or flexible connector to function as a pressure-reducing device.

7.10.21 Insufficient Pressure

Investigate insufficient pressure before faucet installation.

Potential causes include:

Undersized piping
Partially closed valves
Blocked strainers
Improper pressure-reducing valve settings
High simultaneous demand
Booster-system deficiencies
Excessive elevation difference
Existing scale or corrosion

7.10.22 Pressure Fluctuation and Water Hammer

Identify excessive pressure fluctuation, water hammer, surge, pump cycling, rapid valve closure effects, or unstable pressure-zone performance.

Correct system conditions that may damage valves, hoses, connectors, piping supports, or electronic faucet components.

7.10.23 Water Temperature

Measure available water temperature where the faucet is supplied by hot, mixed, or tempered water.

Confirm that supply temperature does not exceed the documented limit of any connected faucet, hose, seal, solenoid, filter, check valve, or mixing component.

Use safe measurement procedures that avoid exposing personnel or occupants to excessive temperature.

7.10.24 Delivered User Temperature

Verify that the plumbing arrangement is capable of providing the project-specified user temperature at the faucet outlet after commissioning.

Required Outlet Temperature: [Insert project value or adjustable range] °F.

Final temperature adjustment and verification shall be performed after the faucet and approved temperature-control device are installed.

7.10.25 Mixing-Valve Rough-In

Where a mixing valve is required, verify adequate hot- and cold-water connections, correct orientation, mounting support, adjustment access, service isolation, check-valve provisions, and connection clearance.

Confirm that the selected mixing device is compatible with the faucet flow rate and expected pressure conditions.

7.10.26 Thermostatic Limiting Device

Where the project requires a thermostatic limiting device, verify that rough plumbing accommodates the approved device and its service requirements.

Retain ASSE 1070 certification requirements only where applicable to the exact selected device and project design.

Provide access for adjustment, verification, cleaning, and replacement.

7.10.27 Check-Valve Provision

Verify required check valves are provided where necessary to prevent crossflow, protect the mixing arrangement, or comply with the approved system design.

Confirm flow direction, accessibility, cleanliness, and compatibility with the expected flow rate.

7.10.28 Filter and Strainer Provision

Verify required upstream filters or strainers are included and that rough plumbing permits accessible installation.

Position serviceable screens and cartridges so they can be removed without disconnecting permanent construction or exposing electrical components to uncontrolled water.

7.10.29 Pipe Support

Verify supply piping, valves, mixing devices, filters, and adapters are independently supported.

Faucet shanks, flexible connectors, solenoid ports, and control enclosures shall not support the weight of rough plumbing.

Correct piping that moves, rotates, deflects, or transfers load during valve operation or connection.

7.10.30 Pipe Alignment

Verify piping and connection points are aligned to permit assembly without bending, prying, twisting, or loading faucet components.

Adjust rough plumbing rather than using faucet components to pull misaligned piping into position.

7.10.31 Flexible-Connector Routing

Verify the rough-in permits flexible connectors to be routed:

  • Without kinking.
  • Without twisting.
  • Without abrasion.
  • Without sharp-radius bends.
  • Without contact with hot surfaces.
  • Without interfering with drawers or access panels.
  • Without reducing accessibility clearances.
  • Without supporting unrelated components.

7.10.32 Accessible Fixture Clearances

Verify rough plumbing does not project into required knee or toe clearance for accessible lavatories.

Coordinate pipe insulation, protective covers, valves, hoses, filters, solenoids, and mixing components with the approved accessibility details.

Relocate or reconfigure rough plumbing that creates a prohibited obstruction.

7.10.33 Protection of Exposed Piping

Verify exposed water-supply and drain components at accessible fixtures are insulated, guarded, or otherwise protected where required by the approved design.

Protective materials shall not obstruct shutoff valves, filters, mixing devices, or other serviceable components.

7.10.34 Drainage Readiness

Verify the basin drain, trap, waste piping, and vent system are complete and ready to receive flushing, startup, and test water.

Do not connect or operate the faucet over an incomplete, disconnected, obstructed, leaking, or unprotected drainage system.

7.10.35 Pressure Testing of Rough Piping

Confirm that rough plumbing has been pressure tested in accordance with the project plumbing specification and applicable code requirements before faucet connection.

Isolate faucet assemblies, solenoids, hoses, filters, mixing devices, and other components from test pressures exceeding their documented ratings.

Do not use completed faucet systems as part of high-pressure rough-piping testing unless expressly permitted by the approved manufacturer documentation.

7.10.36 Leak Inspection

Inspect rough piping, valves, unions, adapters, joints, and nearby concealed spaces for leakage before connection.

Evidence requiring investigation includes:

Visible droplets
Joint seepage
Mineral deposits
Corrosion staining
Wet insulation
Damp casework
Wall or floor staining
Unexplained pressure loss

7.10.37 Supply-Piping Flushing

Flush rough water-supply piping before connecting sensitive faucet components.

Use a temporary discharge arrangement that bypasses the solenoid, faucet body, mixing device, filter cartridge, check valve, and final flow-control outlet where practical.

Continue flushing until discharged water is visibly free of construction debris and foreign material.

7.10.38 Flushing Verification

Inspect flushing discharge for:

  • Metal shavings.
  • Pipe scale.
  • Solder or brazing residue.
  • Thread-sealing material.
  • Sand and grit.
  • Plastic fragments.
  • Oil or chemical residue.
  • Excessive discoloration.

Investigate persistent debris or contamination before releasing the rough plumbing for connection.

7.10.39 Post-Flushing Protection

After flushing, close shutoff valves and protect connection points from recontamination.

Reflush piping where open connections have been exposed to drilling, cutting, sanding, demolition, or other debris-producing work.

7.10.40 Dead-Leg Review

Review branch-piping configuration for unintended stagnant sections created by abandoned fixtures, relocated supplies, capped branches, or excessive pipe length.

Remove or correct dead legs where required by the approved plumbing design, project water-management plan, or applicable code requirements.

7.10.41 Recirculation Coordination

Where the faucet is served by a hot-water or tempered-water recirculation system, verify branch configuration supports the approved temperature and delivery-time design.

Confirm balancing, return piping, and temperature-control responsibilities before final commissioning.

7.10.42 Water-Quality Conditions

Identify known water-quality conditions that may affect rough-plumbing preparation and faucet maintenance.

High sediment
Hard water
Corrosion products
Chemical treatment
Extended stagnation
Recent pipe repairs
Commissioning debris
Disinfection residue

Coordinate supplemental filtration, flushing, cleaning, or maintenance requirements where such conditions are documented.

7.10.43 Pipe Insulation Coordination

Coordinate pipe insulation with faucet-system installation, service access, accessibility protection, condensation control, and valve operation.

Do not conceal leaks or permanently cover connections before inspection and acceptance.

7.10.44 Condensation Conditions

Identify piping and valve surfaces subject to condensation that may expose control modules, batteries, transformers, connectors, or casework to moisture.

Provide insulation, drip protection, relocation, or other approved corrective measures before installing electronic components.

7.10.45 Electrical Separation

Verify rough plumbing is positioned to avoid uncontrolled leakage or condensation onto transformers, controllers, batteries, receptacles, low-voltage connectors, gateways, and wiring.

Coordinate component separation and protective routing before final connection.

7.10.46 Service-Clearance Verification

Confirm rough plumbing permits removal and replacement of serviceable faucet-system components.

Required access includes:

Shutoff valves
Flexible connectors
Filters and strainers
Check valves
Mixing devices
Solenoid valves
Connection adapters
Drainage components

7.10.47 Identification and Labeling

Confirm required piping, valves, pressure zones, mixing devices, and service components are identified in accordance with project requirements.

Labels shall remain legible and accessible after installation.

7.10.48 Existing Rough Plumbing

For retrofit work, assess existing rough plumbing for corrosion, scale, restricted flow, leakage, deteriorated valves, incompatible connections, inadequate support, and concealed damage.

Do not connect new faucet assemblies to existing components that cannot provide reliable isolation, clean water, compatible pressure, or secure connection.

7.10.49 Prohibited Rough-Plumbing Conditions

  • Unflushed supply piping.
  • Leaking or inoperable shutoff valves.
  • Unsupported piping or valves.
  • Unidentified hot, cold, or tempered supplies.
  • Pressure outside approved component limits.
  • Temperature outside approved component limits.
  • Damaged or incompatible threads.
  • Rough-ins requiring forced hose alignment.
  • Service components concealed without access.
  • Piping projecting into required accessibility clearance.
  • Active condensation over electronic components.
  • Improvised or excessive adapter assemblies.

7.10.50 Deficiency Reporting

Document unacceptable rough-plumbing conditions before faucet connection.

Include:

  • Fixture or room identification.
  • Observed condition.
  • Measured dimension, pressure, or temperature where applicable.
  • Photographs where useful.
  • Affected component or trade.
  • Required corrective action.
  • Reinspection status.

7.10.51 Corrective Work

Correct rough-plumbing deficiencies using qualified personnel and approved materials.

Reflush, retest, and reinspect affected piping after corrective work.

Do not modify faucet components to compensate for unacceptable rough plumbing.

7.10.52 Connection Release

Release rough plumbing for faucet connection only after all applicable location, sizing, support, pressure, temperature, flushing, isolation, access, and compatibility requirements have been verified.

Beginning faucet connection constitutes acceptance of visible rough-plumbing conditions except deficiencies previously reported in writing.

7.10.53 Rough-Plumbing Verification Record

Verification Item Status Measurement or Comments
Supply location and elevation verified [Acceptable / Deficient] [Insert]
Pipe size and material verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Connection size and type compatible [Yes / No] [Insert]
Shutoff valves accessible and operable [Yes / No] [Insert]
Hot, cold, or tempered supply identified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Static pressure verified [Yes / No] [Insert psi]
Flowing pressure verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert psi]
Supply temperature verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert °F]
Mixing arrangement verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Check valves and strainers provided [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Piping independently supported [Yes / No] [Insert]
Supply piping flushed [Yes / No] [Insert date]
Rough piping leak-free [Yes / No] [Insert]
Accessibility clearances maintained [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Service access verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Rough plumbing released for connection [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.10.54 Completion of Rough-Plumbing Verification

Rough-plumbing verification is complete when supplies, valves, pressure, temperature, materials, connections, flushing, supports, mixing arrangements, accessibility provisions, and service clearances have been inspected and accepted.

Maintain verification records with project quality-control, field-testing, and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.10 — Verification of Rough Plumbing Part 7.11 should address water-supply preparation, including controlled isolation, final flushing, temporary bypass arrangements, debris inspection, connection cleaning, pressure stabilization, disinfection coordination, and protection against recontamination before faucet connection.
```
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements

Part 7.11 — Water-Supply Preparation

Requirements for controlled water isolation, final flushing, temporary bypass arrangements, debris inspection, connection cleaning, pressure stabilization, water-quality coordination, disinfection interfaces, and protection against recontamination before connecting commercial touchless faucet systems.

```
```
Execution Stage Immediately Before Connection
Primary Responsibility Plumbing Contractor
Primary Objective Clean and Stable Water Supply
Release Condition Ready for Final Connection
Specifier Note Final water-supply preparation is separate from general building-piping flushing. Require the fixture branch serving each faucet group to be flushed immediately before sensitive components are connected, particularly after valve work, pipe cutting, pressure testing, disinfection, or prolonged construction inactivity.

7.11.1 General Water-Supply Preparation

Prepare water supplies serving commercial touchless faucet systems immediately before connecting solenoid valves, filters, strainers, check valves, mixing devices, flexible connectors, faucet bodies, and final flow-control outlets.

Preparation shall produce a clean, correctly identified, leak-free, pressure-stable, temperature-appropriate, and controlled connection condition.

Do not connect sensitive faucet components until the applicable preparation requirements have been completed and documented.

7.11.2 Preparation Responsibility

The plumbing contractor shall coordinate water isolation, flushing, drainage, sampling, pressure verification, cleanup, and final connection readiness.

The installer shall verify that preparation remains acceptable at the time of connection and shall not rely solely on prior flushing records.

7.11.3 Preparation Documents

Review applicable documents before preparing the supply system.

Approved plumbing drawings
Fixture schedules
Approved product data
Flushing procedures
Water-management plan
Disinfection procedures
Commissioning plan
Approved shutdown requests

7.11.4 Water-System Identification

Identify the exact branch, riser, pressure zone, temperature zone, and isolation valves serving the faucet location.

Confirm that flushing and shutdown activities will not unintentionally affect unrelated fixtures, critical services, recirculation systems, treatment equipment, or occupied areas.

7.11.5 Water-Supply Configuration

Configuration Preparation Requirement
Cold-Water Only Flush, identify, stabilize, and verify the single supply.
Tempered-Water Supply Verify temperature source, stability, and branch flushing.
Hot and Cold Supplies Flush supplies separately and confirm correct identification before mixing-device connection.
Central Tempering System Coordinate flushing with central mixing, recirculation, and balancing systems.

7.11.6 Shutdown Authorization

Obtain required authorization before isolating water supplies in occupied or operational facilities.

Coordinate:

  • Shutdown date and time.
  • Affected rooms and fixture groups.
  • Expected duration.
  • Required notifications.
  • Temporary service provisions.
  • Emergency restoration procedures.
  • Responsible personnel.

7.11.7 Controlled Isolation

Close the designated isolation valves in a controlled manner and verify that flow has stopped at the preparation point.

Avoid rapid valve operation that may cause surge, water hammer, pressure disturbance, or release of accumulated debris.

7.11.8 Isolation Verification

Verify isolation by controlled opening of the downstream connection or approved drain point.

Do not remove caps, plugs, valves, or fittings while the branch remains pressurized.

7.11.9 Residual-Pressure Relief

Relieve trapped pressure before disconnecting temporary caps, flushing hoses, test fittings, or existing fixture connections.

Use controlled discharge methods that protect personnel, finishes, casework, electrical equipment, and occupied spaces.

7.11.10 Residual-Water Collection

Provide clean containers, absorbent materials, temporary hoses, barriers, and cleanup equipment before opening the water system.

Prevent residual water from entering cabinetry, wall cavities, flooring systems, electrical enclosures, or unfinished construction.

7.11.11 Temporary Flushing Connection

Provide a temporary flushing connection suitable for the branch size, pressure, temperature, and expected discharge volume.

Use temporary hoses, adapters, valves, or fittings approved for potable-water service and compatible with the rough plumbing.

Secure temporary connections against movement, leakage, whipping, and unintended disconnection.

7.11.12 Temporary Bypass Arrangement

Arrange final flushing to bypass sensitive components wherever practical.

Components to be bypassed or isolated include:

Solenoid valves
Filter cartridges
Fine strainers
Check valves
Mixing valves
Faucet waterways
Flow-control outlets
Flexible faucet hoses

7.11.13 Bypass Identification

Clearly identify temporary bypass hoses, valves, adapters, and discharge points to prevent accidental connection or release into service.

Remove temporary bypass components after flushing and before final connection unless specifically incorporated into the approved system design.

7.11.14 Discharge Location

Direct flushing water to an approved drain, receptor, container, or temporary discharge location.

The discharge arrangement shall:

  • Prevent flooding.
  • Prevent splash onto finished surfaces.
  • Avoid damage to drainage systems.
  • Permit observation of debris.
  • Permit safe temperature evaluation.
  • Remain secure throughout flushing.

7.11.15 Drainage Capacity

Confirm that the selected drainage location can receive the flushing discharge without backup, overflow, erosion, or contamination.

Do not discharge high-volume flushing water through incomplete, obstructed, leaking, or unverified drainage systems.

7.11.16 Initial Valve Opening

Open the supply valve gradually to avoid uncontrolled pressure increase, hose movement, joint failure, and release of accumulated debris.

Observe temporary connections and discharge routing continuously during initial flow.

7.11.17 Separate Hot- and Cold-Water Flushing

Where separate hot- and cold-water supplies are provided, flush each supply independently before connecting the mixing device.

Prevent crossflow between supplies during flushing.

7.11.18 Tempered-Water Flushing

Where the faucet is supplied by a central tempered-water system, coordinate flushing with the serving mixing, recirculation, balancing, and temperature-control systems.

Verify that flushing does not destabilize the temperature-control system or introduce untreated hot or cold water into the branch.

7.11.19 Flushing Duration

Continue flushing for the duration necessary to remove visible debris, stagnant water, construction residue, and discolored discharge.

Minimum Flushing Duration: [Insert project requirement] or until acceptance criteria are satisfied, whichever is longer.

Do not use an arbitrary flushing duration as a substitute for discharge observation and system-specific requirements.

7.11.20 Flushing Velocity

Provide sufficient flow to transport loose debris from the branch without exceeding the pressure, velocity, temperature, or discharge limitations of temporary equipment and connected piping.

Coordinate flushing methods with the project plumbing specification where a prescribed flushing velocity or procedure is required.

7.11.21 Flushing Sequence

Flush piping in a sequence that moves debris toward controlled discharge points rather than into completed branches or connected equipment.

Sequence Recommended Activity
1 Flush upstream mains or branches as required.
2 Flush the fixture-group branch.
3 Flush individual fixture takeoffs.
4 Inspect discharge and clean temporary equipment.
5 Isolate and protect prepared connection points.

7.11.22 Debris Observation

Observe flushing discharge in a manner that allows identification of foreign material.

Potential debris includes:

Metal filings
Pipe scale
Solder residue
Brazing residue
Thread sealant
Plastic fragments
Sand and grit
Packing fibers

7.11.23 Discharge Clarity

Continue flushing until discharge is visibly clear and free from persistent suspended or settled construction debris.

Visible clarity does not replace project-required water testing, disinfection verification, or water-quality analysis.

7.11.24 Persistent Debris

Investigate persistent debris rather than allowing it to pass into the faucet system.

Potential corrective actions include:

  • Additional branch flushing.
  • Cleaning upstream strainers.
  • Inspecting recent pipe modifications.
  • Removing contaminated fittings.
  • Flushing upstream zones.
  • Reviewing treatment or disinfection residue.
  • Investigating corrosion or scale.

7.11.25 Discoloration

Investigate persistent discoloration, cloudiness, odor, visible oil, foam, chemical residue, or unusual particulate matter.

Do not connect the faucet system until the condition has been evaluated and accepted by the responsible project authority.

7.11.26 Water-Quality Coordination

Coordinate known water-quality conditions with the approved faucet components and maintenance plan.

Condition Coordination Consideration
High Sediment Review filtration and cleaning frequency.
Hard Water Review scale-management and outlet-maintenance requirements.
Corrosion Products Investigate upstream piping condition.
Chemical Treatment Verify compatibility with wetted materials.
Extended Stagnation Coordinate additional flushing with the water-management plan.

7.11.27 Disinfection Coordination

Coordinate faucet connection with building water-system disinfection, chlorination, sampling, and release procedures.

Determine whether faucet components are to remain isolated, be connected after disinfection, or participate in a manufacturer-approved portion of the disinfection process.

Do not expose faucet components to chemical concentrations, temperatures, or contact durations beyond their documented limits.

7.11.28 Post-Disinfection Flushing

Where required by the project disinfection procedure, flush the branch after disinfection and before final faucet connection.

Confirm that residual treatment chemicals are within the project acceptance requirements before releasing the branch.

7.11.29 Sampling Coordination

Where water sampling is required, coordinate sample locations, timing, flushing status, component connection status, and chain-of-custody responsibilities.

Do not alter the sampled condition or place the system into general use before required sample acceptance.

7.11.30 Stagnation After Flushing

Minimize the time between final flushing and faucet connection.

Where a prepared branch remains unused beyond the project-defined interval, evaluate whether reflushing is required.

Maximum Interval Before Reverification: [Insert project requirement].

7.11.31 Reflushing Triggers

Reflush the affected branch when any of the following occurs after initial preparation:

  • Additional pipe cutting or threading.
  • Valve or fitting replacement.
  • Pressure testing.
  • Disinfection.
  • Extended stagnation.
  • Loss of protective caps.
  • Exposure to construction dust.
  • Evidence of renewed contamination.

7.11.32 Pressure Stabilization

After flushing, close the discharge connection and restore pressure gradually.

Allow the branch to stabilize before final pressure verification or connection.

Observe for pressure drop, surge, valve leakage, joint leakage, and unstable control-valve operation.

7.11.33 Static-Pressure Verification

Verify static pressure after flushing and system stabilization where required.

Measured Static Pressure: [Insert] psi.

Confirm the measured value falls within the approved range of the most restrictive connected component.

7.11.34 Flowing-Pressure Verification

Verify representative flowing pressure where system performance may be affected by simultaneous demand, pressure zones, booster systems, or pressure-reducing equipment.

Measured Flowing Pressure: [Insert] psi at [Insert test condition].

7.11.35 Pressure Surge Review

Observe pressure behavior during valve opening, valve closing, branch restoration, and simultaneous fixture operation.

Correct surge, hammer, rapid fluctuation, or unstable pressure conditions before connecting and commissioning the faucet.

7.11.36 Temperature Stabilization

Where hot or tempered water is provided, allow the supply temperature to stabilize under representative flow before recording the available temperature.

Use safe procedures and avoid exposure to uncontrolled hot water.

7.11.37 Supply-Temperature Verification

Supply Measured Temperature Status
Cold Water [Insert] °F [Acceptable / Review]
Hot Water [Insert / N.A.] °F [Acceptable / Review / N.A.]
Tempered Water [Insert / N.A.] °F [Acceptable / Review / N.A.]

7.11.38 Supply Identification Confirmation

Confirm hot-, cold-, and tempered-water identification after flushing and before final connection.

Correct reversed or incorrectly identified supplies before installing a mixing or temperature-limiting device.

7.11.39 Temporary Equipment Cleaning

Clean temporary hoses, adapters, valves, screens, and containers before use and between contaminated flushing operations.

Do not use temporary equipment contaminated by oil, chemicals, nonpotable water, masonry debris, or unrelated construction processes.

7.11.40 Temporary Equipment Removal

Remove temporary flushing and bypass components after preparation is complete.

Inspect connection points for damage, debris, and residual sealing material after temporary components are removed.

Account for all temporary caps, screens, adapters, and tools.

7.11.41 Connection-Point Cleaning

Clean exposed connection points immediately before final assembly.

Remove:

  • Loose thread sealant.
  • Metal filings.
  • Scale and corrosion residue.
  • Dust.
  • Packing fibers.
  • Adhesive residue.
  • Standing water where inappropriate.
  • Other visible contamination.

7.11.42 Thread Inspection

Inspect threads for deformation, burrs, cracks, incomplete formation, cross-threading, corrosion, and incompatible connection form.

Repair or replace defective components before final connection.

7.11.43 Compression and Gasketed Connections

Clean gasket seats, compression surfaces, ferrules, washers, and mating faces before assembly.

Do not reuse damaged, flattened, twisted, hardened, swollen, or contaminated sealing components unless specifically permitted.

7.11.44 Thread-Sealant Control

Apply only approved thread-sealing material to connections requiring sealant.

Keep the first internal thread and waterway clear where necessary to prevent sealant migration.

Do not permit excess tape, paste, or compound to enter solenoids, filters, check valves, mixing devices, or flow controls.

7.11.45 Protection Against Recontamination

Install clean temporary caps or covers on prepared connection points where final assembly will not occur immediately.

Protect prepared connections from:

Construction dust
Metal filings
Paint and coatings
Sealant residue
Standing water
Pest entry
Unauthorized use
Unrelated trade work

7.11.46 Protective-Cap Requirements

Use clean caps or plugs compatible with the connection and capable of remaining secure without damaging threads or sealing surfaces.

Do not use paper, cloth, tape wads, rags, or other materials that may shed fibers or be pushed into the waterway.

7.11.47 Final Valve Position

Leave local shutoff valves in the position required for safe final connection.

Do not reopen supplies until connections are complete, inspected, and ready for controlled pressurization.

7.11.48 Leak Review Before Connection

Inspect prepared piping, valves, fittings, unions, caps, and nearby concealed spaces for evidence of leakage.

Correct leakage before placing electronic or decorative faucet components beneath or adjacent to the supply system.

7.11.49 Condensation Review

Inspect cold-water and tempered-water piping for condensation that may affect electronic components, casework, finishes, or accessibility protection.

Complete required insulation, vapor protection, drainage, or component relocation before final faucet installation.

7.11.50 Cross-Connection Prevention

Maintain separation between potable and nonpotable systems throughout flushing and temporary connection work.

Do not use temporary hoses, containers, pumps, or fittings previously used with nonpotable, chemical, or contaminated systems unless properly approved and cleaned for potable-water service.

7.11.51 Backflow and Crossflow Control

Verify that temporary flushing arrangements and permanent hot-and-cold supply configurations do not create unintended backflow or crossflow paths.

Confirm required check valves or backflow-protection devices are correctly located, oriented, accessible, and clean where applicable.

7.11.52 Mixing-Device Connection Readiness

Before connecting a mixing device, verify both supplies are clean, correctly identified, pressure-compatible, and ready for connection.

Confirm the outlet connection to the faucet branch is clean and protected.

Do not adjust the mixing device until final hydraulic connection, controlled pressurization, and commissioning.

7.11.53 Solenoid Connection Readiness

Confirm the supply upstream of the solenoid has been flushed and that the connection point is clean, correctly oriented, and free from loose sealant.

Verify the solenoid flow arrow can be aligned with the intended water direction without forced piping or hose routing.

7.11.54 Filter and Strainer Readiness

Install clean filters or strainers only after upstream flushing is complete.

Verify screen, cartridge, housing, gasket, direction, and service access.

Do not use the permanent fine filter as the primary collection point for construction debris.

7.11.55 Hose Connection Readiness

Confirm supply hoses are clean, correctly sized, undamaged, properly capped, and compatible with the prepared connection.

Remove hose caps only when the connection is ready for immediate assembly.

7.11.56 Final Readiness Inspection

Before releasing the supply for faucet connection, verify:

  • The correct branch and supplies are identified.
  • Required shutdown and flushing work is complete.
  • Discharge is visibly free of construction debris.
  • Required disinfection coordination is complete.
  • Pressure is within the approved range.
  • Temperature is appropriate for the approved system.
  • Connections are clean and undamaged.
  • Valves and piping are leak-free.
  • Prepared connections are protected.
  • Sensitive faucet components have not been exposed to flushing debris.

7.11.57 Prohibited Water-Supply Preparation Practices

  • Flushing construction debris through the permanent faucet or solenoid.
  • Using unclean or nonpotable temporary hoses.
  • Opening valves rapidly and causing surge.
  • Leaving prepared connections uncapped.
  • Using permanent filters as construction debris collectors.
  • Connecting before persistent discoloration or debris is resolved.
  • Exposing components to unapproved disinfection chemicals or temperatures.
  • Reusing contaminated sealing materials.
  • Permitting temporary cross-connections.
  • Pressurizing incomplete final connections.

7.11.58 Deficiency Reporting

Report unacceptable water-supply conditions before final faucet connection.

Record:

Fixture or branch location
Observed condition
Pressure or temperature reading
Debris or discoloration description
Photographs where useful
Required corrective action
Responsible trade
Reinspection status

7.11.59 Corrective Preparation

Correct unacceptable supply conditions before connection.

Corrective work may include:

  • Additional flushing.
  • Pipe or valve cleaning.
  • Replacement of damaged fittings.
  • Pressure-control adjustment.
  • Temperature-control correction.
  • Removal of contamination sources.
  • Repetition of disinfection or sampling procedures where directed.
  • Reprotection of connection points.

7.11.60 Connection Release

Release the prepared water supply for final faucet connection only after applicable flushing, inspection, pressure, temperature, cleanliness, disinfection, and protection requirements have been satisfied.

Final connection shall proceed promptly after release to reduce the risk of stagnation and recontamination.

7.11.61 Water-Supply Preparation Record

Preparation Item Status Measurement or Comments
Correct supply branch identified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Shutdown authorization obtained [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Temporary flushing connection secured [Yes / No] [Insert]
Sensitive components bypassed [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Hot supply flushed separately [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Cold supply flushed separately [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Flushing duration recorded [Yes / No] [Insert duration]
Discharge visibly clear [Yes / No] [Insert]
Persistent debris investigated [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Disinfection coordination complete [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Static pressure verified [Yes / No] [Insert psi]
Flowing pressure verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert psi]
Supply temperature verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert °F]
Connection points cleaned [Yes / No] [Insert]
Connections protected from recontamination [Yes / No] [Insert]
Supply released for final connection [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.11.62 Completion of Water-Supply Preparation

Water-supply preparation is complete when the serving branch has been correctly identified, isolated, flushed, inspected, stabilized, cleaned, protected, and accepted for connection.

Maintain flushing, pressure, temperature, disinfection, deficiency, and release records with project quality-control and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.11 — Water-Supply Preparation Part 7.12 should address mounting-surface and opening preparation, including countertop and wall conditions, hole dimensions, structural support, reinforcement, waterproofing, edge protection, surface cleaning, alignment, tolerances, and acceptance before faucet mounting.
```
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements

Part 7.12 — Mounting-Surface and Opening Preparation

Requirements for preparing countertops, lavatory decks, walls, partitions, mounting holes, concealed openings, reinforcement, waterproofing, substrates, edge conditions, and service-access locations before mounting commercial touchless faucet systems.

```
```
Execution Stage Before Faucet Mounting
Primary Responsibility Installer and Surface Trade
Verification Basis Approved Dimensions and Product Data
Release Condition Clean, Sound, Aligned, Supported
Specifier Note Coordinate faucet openings before countertop fabrication wherever possible. Field-cutting finished stone, solid surface, tile, glass, or coated panels may require specialized tools, reinforcement, edge treatment, waterproofing restoration, and approval by the responsible fabricator.

7.12.1 General Mounting-Surface Preparation

Prepare each mounting surface and opening in accordance with approved product data, installation instructions, coordination drawings, architectural details, and verified field conditions.

Mounting surfaces shall provide stable support, accurate alignment, proper gasket contact, suitable edge clearance, and access for installation and future service.

Do not mount faucet components on surfaces that are cracked, loose, unsupported, contaminated, wet, uneven, deteriorated, improperly sized, or outside approved dimensional tolerances.

7.12.2 Preparation Responsibility

Coordinate preparation activities among the plumbing installer, countertop fabricator, tile contractor, millwork contractor, framing contractor, waterproofing contractor, and other affected trades.

The faucet installer shall verify the completed surface and opening before accepting the location for mounting.

7.12.3 Approved Preparation Documents

Review current approved documents before laying out, cutting, drilling, reinforcing, sealing, or repairing mounting surfaces.

Architectural plans and elevations
Plumbing fixture schedules
Approved product data
Countertop shop drawings
Millwork shop drawings
Accessibility details
Wall-mounting details
Approved field clarifications

7.12.4 Product-Specific Dimensions

Use dimensions for the exact approved faucet model and mounting configuration.

Verify:

Mounting-hole diameter
Maximum deck thickness
Minimum deck thickness
Mounting-shank length
Base or escutcheon size
Required edge clearance
Below-deck clearance
Wall rough-in depth

7.12.5 Field Measurement

Measure actual finished conditions before cutting, drilling, enlarging, or modifying openings.

Do not scale dimensions from drawings where field measurements or approved fabrication dimensions are available.

7.12.6 Faucet Centerline

Establish the faucet centerline relative to the basin, drain, backsplash, wall, countertop edge, adjacent accessories, and user approach.

Confirm that the outlet will discharge into the intended basin capture area and that the sensor detection zone aligns with normal hand placement.

7.12.7 Basin Relationship

Verify the proposed faucet location against the installed basin geometry.

Confirm:

  • The outlet reaches the intended water-capture area.
  • The water stream will not strike the drain directly unless approved.
  • The stream will not strike the rear wall or shallow basin slope.
  • Adequate hand-washing space is provided.
  • The sensor field is not obstructed by the basin rim.
  • The faucet base does not interfere with the basin flange.

7.12.8 Deck-Mounted Faucet Location

Locate deck-mounted faucets to maintain required clearance from the basin opening, countertop edge, backsplash, wall finish, soap dispenser, drain control, and adjacent fixtures.

Provide sufficient space for the faucet base, gasket, mounting washer, nut, support plate, hoses, wiring, and service tools.

7.12.9 Wall-Mounted Faucet Location

Locate wall-mounted faucets in accordance with approved elevations and basin relationships.

Verify:

Finished wall elevation
Spout projection
Basin centerline
Concealed rough-in depth
Wall-flange coverage
Mirror clearance
Access-panel location
Sensor orientation

7.12.10 Mounting-Hole Diameter

Prepare mounting holes to the approved diameter for the exact faucet model.

Required Mounting-Hole Diameter: [Insert approved dimension and tolerance].

Holes shall permit installation without binding while remaining small enough for proper base, gasket, washer, and support-plate engagement.

7.12.11 Hole Tolerance

Maintain opening tolerances stated in the approved product data and fabrication documents.

Do not use excessive sealant, oversized washers, improvised plates, or forced alignment to compensate for openings outside approved tolerances.

7.12.12 Hole Roundness and Shape

Prepare circular or shaped openings as required by the approved mounting assembly.

Remove irregular projections, excessive notches, fractures, and localized restrictions that interfere with the mounting shank, gasket, wiring, hoses, or base seating.

7.12.13 Hole Spacing

Where multiple openings are required, verify center-to-center spacing before cutting.

Coordinate faucet, soap dispenser, manual control, temperature control, drain control, and accessory openings to prevent overlap of bases, mounting hardware, hoses, wiring, and service zones.

7.12.14 Edge Distance

Maintain adequate distance between mounting openings and countertop edges, basin cutouts, joints, seams, backsplashes, fasteners, and unsupported areas.

Required Minimum Edge Distance: [Insert approved dimension] or as required by the surface fabricator, whichever is more restrictive.

7.12.15 Countertop Thickness

Measure actual countertop thickness at the mounting location, including build-up, reinforcement, liners, underlayment, and attached substrates.

Deck Condition Required Verification
Thin Deck Verify adequate stiffness and support-plate requirements.
Thick Deck Verify adequate mounting-shank engagement.
Built-Up Deck Verify all layers are stable and do not obstruct mounting hardware.
Hollow Deck Provide approved reinforcement or compression support.

7.12.16 Deck-Thickness Compatibility

Confirm the total deck thickness is within the mounting range of the approved faucet assembly.

Do not remove structural material, thin finished stone, shorten factory hardware, or extend mounting shanks with improvised components without written approval.

7.12.17 Surface Flatness

Verify the faucet base and gasket will bear uniformly on the mounting surface.

Correct localized ridges, depressions, lippage, grout buildup, warped material, or uneven seams that prevent stable seating and uniform gasket compression.

7.12.18 Surface Level

Verify the mounting area is level or within the approved installation tolerance.

Where the surface is intentionally sloped for drainage, coordinate the mounting method so the faucet remains aligned, stable, and visually acceptable.

7.12.19 Countertop Structural Condition

Inspect the mounting area for:

Cracks
Chips
Delamination
Water damage
Unsupported edges
Weak seams
Loose substrates
Previous repair failure

Repair or replace unsuitable material before mounting the faucet.

7.12.20 Reinforcement

Provide reinforcement where the surface alone cannot maintain stable mounting under normal operation, service, cleaning, and incidental loading.

Reinforcement may include:

  • Approved support plates.
  • Backing plates.
  • Structural blocking.
  • Countertop build-up.
  • Compression sleeves.
  • Carrier-supported assemblies.
  • Fabricator-approved inserts.

7.12.21 Reinforcement Material

Use reinforcement materials compatible with the mounting surface, faucet hardware, moisture exposure, cleaning environment, and corrosion conditions.

Protect concealed metal reinforcement from corrosion where required.

7.12.22 Support-Plate Engagement

Verify that support plates, mounting washers, and nuts bear on sound material rather than unsupported voids, rough cutouts, loose laminate, or irregular build-up.

Modify supporting construction rather than omitting required support components.

7.12.23 Wall Backing and Blocking

Provide wall backing, blocking, carriers, brackets, or structural supports required for wall-mounted faucet bodies, concealed valves, controllers, access panels, and related components.

Confirm support locations before wall closure and before applying finished wall materials.

7.12.24 Wall Construction

Verify the wall assembly, including:

Framing type
Finished thickness
Tile or stone thickness
Waterproofing layer
Cavity depth
Structural support
Access arrangement
Concealed utility clearance

7.12.25 Concealed Opening Dimensions

Prepare concealed wall or casework openings large enough for installation, connection, testing, adjustment, and future service.

Do not oversize openings to the extent that required support, fire resistance, waterproofing, acoustical performance, finish coverage, or structural integrity is compromised.

7.12.26 Access-Panel Coordination

Coordinate access-panel size and location with serviceable faucet components.

Access shall permit:

Valve isolation
Solenoid replacement
Filter servicing
Battery replacement
Controller access
Transformer inspection
Mixing-valve adjustment
Leak inspection

7.12.27 Tile and Stone Openings

Cut tile and stone openings using methods suitable for the material and finish.

Prevent cracking, chipping, spalling, uncontrolled breakout, discoloration, and damage to adjacent joints.

Coordinate field cutting with the responsible tile or stone trade where required.

7.12.28 Solid-Surface Openings

Prepare solid-surface openings using approved cutting tools and fabrication procedures.

Provide required edge finishing, stress relief, reinforcement, and repair in accordance with the surface fabricator's requirements.

7.12.29 Laminate and Wood-Based Decks

Seal exposed cut edges of laminate, wood, composite, and moisture-sensitive substrates where required.

Prevent water migration into particleboard, fiberboard, plywood laminations, edge banding, or concealed core materials.

7.12.30 Metal Decks and Panels

Deburr and protect openings in stainless steel, coated steel, aluminum, and other metal surfaces.

Remove sharp edges that may damage hoses, wiring, seals, or installer hands.

Restore protective coatings or corrosion protection at cut edges where required.

7.12.31 Glass and Specialty Surfaces

Do not field-cut tempered glass or other specialty surfaces unless the material and approved fabrication procedure permit such work.

Coordinate openings before fabrication where post-fabrication modification is prohibited or likely to damage the surface.

7.12.32 Hole Edge Condition

Finish opening edges so they are sound, clean, stable, and free from loose fragments, sharp projections, cracks, and contamination.

Edge treatment shall not reduce the opening below the approved size or prevent gasket seating.

7.12.33 Edge Protection for Hoses and Wiring

Provide grommets, bushings, sleeves, or protected edges where hoses or wiring pass through openings that could cause abrasion or cutting.

Verify protective components remain secure and do not reduce the passage below the required size.

7.12.34 Waterproofing Coordination

Coordinate mounting openings with waterproofing membranes, water-resistant substrates, sealants, flashing, and drainage planes.

Restore waterproofing disturbed by cutting, drilling, anchoring, or access preparation using methods approved for the wall or deck assembly.

7.12.35 Water-Sealing at Openings

Provide gaskets, seals, or sealant at openings where required by approved details or manufacturer instructions.

Maintain drainage paths and avoid trapping water beneath bases, escutcheons, or trim.

Do not rely solely on sealant where a factory gasket or mechanical seal is required.

7.12.36 Sealant Compatibility

Verify compatibility of sealants with:

Countertop material
Wall finish
Faucet finish
Gasket material
Waterproofing membrane
Cleaning chemicals

7.12.37 Firestopping Coordination

Where openings penetrate fire-resistance-rated construction, coordinate sleeves, clearances, supports, and firestopping with the approved rated assembly.

Do not install faucet components in a manner that prevents inspection, maintenance, or continuity of required firestopping.

7.12.38 Air- and Sound-Barrier Coordination

Restore air barriers, acoustical seals, vapor retarders, and other concealed performance layers disturbed by mounting openings where applicable.

Coordinate required sealants and closures with the responsible architectural trade.

7.12.39 Concealed-Utility Clearance

Locate concealed piping, wiring, framing, supports, fire protection, communications, and other services before drilling, coring, or anchoring.

Do not cut, drill, or fasten into concealed utilities or structural elements without authorization.

7.12.40 Mounting-Anchor Preparation

Prepare anchor locations, pilot holes, inserts, and supports for wall-mounted or accessory-mounted components using approved dimensions and installation methods.

Match anchors to the substrate, expected load, environmental exposure, and component requirements.

7.12.41 Anchor Substrate

Verify anchors engage sound structural material rather than finish-only layers, loose masonry, unsupported gypsum board, hollow tile, deteriorated wood, or damaged substrates.

Provide approved backing or specialty anchors where direct structural engagement is unavailable.

7.12.42 Surface Cleaning

Clean the mounting surface and opening immediately before placing gaskets, bases, flanges, escutcheons, washers, support plates, or sealants.

Remove:

  • Dust and loose debris.
  • Drilling slurry.
  • Metal filings.
  • Stone particles.
  • Grout and mortar residue.
  • Old sealant.
  • Adhesive residue.
  • Standing water.

7.12.43 Surface Dryness

Verify the mounting surface, hole edges, concealed substrate, and gasket-contact area are dry before assembly.

Investigate persistent moisture, leakage, condensation, or uncured materials before proceeding.

7.12.44 Cleaning-Material Control

Use cleaning materials compatible with the mounting surface, basin, faucet finish, gaskets, adhesives, waterproofing, and sealants.

Do not use abrasive pads, acidic cleaners, solvents, metal scrapers, or compounds likely to damage visible or concealed materials.

7.12.45 Escutcheon and Base Coverage

Verify the faucet base, flange, or escutcheon fully covers the prepared opening and adjacent finish condition as intended.

Do not use an oversized decorative plate to conceal structural damage, excessive openings, incompatible hole spacing, or unacceptable repairs without approval.

7.12.46 Adapter Plates

Where existing openings require an adapter plate, use an approved plate compatible with the faucet model, surface material, finish, gasket arrangement, and mounting loads.

Verify the adapter plate provides stable support, complete coverage, proper sealing, and access to mounting hardware.

7.12.47 Existing Opening Reuse

Reuse existing openings only where dimensions, condition, edge clearance, structural support, appearance, and alignment are acceptable for the approved faucet.

Repair cracks, chips, enlarged areas, old sealant residue, mineral deposits, and water damage before installation.

7.12.48 Enlarging Existing Openings

Enlarge existing openings only after verifying material suitability, remaining edge distance, support, reinforcement, escutcheon coverage, and fabricator requirements.

Do not enlarge openings by uncontrolled chipping, impact, or abrasive methods that damage adjacent surfaces.

7.12.49 Oversized Openings

Report oversized openings before mounting the faucet.

Corrective methods may include approved inserts, adapter plates, surface replacement, reinforcement, or fabricator-authorized repair.

Do not mount where the gasket, base, washer, or support plate lacks adequate bearing.

7.12.50 Undersized Openings

Correct undersized openings using approved tools and procedures.

Do not force faucet shanks, hoses, wiring, connectors, or mounting components through restrictive openings.

7.12.51 Misaligned Openings

Report openings that do not align with the basin, wall rough-in, countertop layout, adjacent accessories, or below-deck equipment.

Correct the surface or rough-in rather than bending faucet components or forcing the assembly into alignment.

7.12.52 Below-Deck Clearance

Verify the opening location provides clearance for mounting hardware, hoses, wiring, connectors, solenoids, controllers, filters, mixing devices, and future service.

Coordinate conflicts with basin flanges, overflow channels, support rails, drawers, shelves, and cabinet framing before mounting.

7.12.53 Accessibility Clearance

Confirm the planned faucet and below-deck component locations preserve required clear floor space, reach, knee clearance, toe clearance, and protected piping conditions where applicable.

Mounting preparation shall not create projections or obstructions that conflict with approved ADA or ICC A117.1 details where applicable.

7.12.54 Sensor-Field Coordination

Confirm that the prepared mounting location supports the required sensor orientation and detection field.

Consider:

Basin reflectivity
Mirror location
Backsplash material
Adjacent faucets
Soap dispensers
Direct lighting
Public traffic
Normal hand position

7.12.55 Finish Alignment

Align faucet centerlines, bases, flanges, and exposed trim with basin centerlines, tile joints, architectural grids, adjacent accessories, and repeated fixture layouts where indicated.

Correct visibly inconsistent or irregular layouts before drilling or mounting.

7.12.56 Repetitive Layout Control

Use verified templates, jigs, control dimensions, or approved shop drawings for repetitive installations.

Reverify each location where basin type, countertop thickness, wall construction, casework, or accessory arrangement differs.

7.12.57 Opening Protection

Protect prepared openings from debris, water, damage, and unauthorized use until mounting occurs.

Use clean removable covers that do not damage finishes or leave residue.

7.12.58 Protection From Construction Debris

Prevent drilling dust, slurry, stone fragments, metal filings, sealant, grout, and other debris from entering basins, drains, open piping, faucet components, casework, or wall cavities.

Clean the area after cutting and before unpacking faucet components.

7.12.59 Protection of Finished Surfaces

Protect finished countertops, basins, tile, stone, wall panels, mirrors, casework, and flooring during layout and opening preparation.

Use clean nonabrasive coverings and promptly replace protection that becomes contaminated or wet.

7.12.60 Surface Repair

Repair damage caused by layout, cutting, drilling, coring, anchor installation, or removal of existing fixtures.

Match adjacent construction in material, finish, durability, alignment, and appearance.

Allow repairs, sealants, adhesives, coatings, and waterproofing to cure before mounting the faucet.

7.12.61 Prohibited Preparation Practices

  • Using the finished faucet body as a drilling guide where damage may occur.
  • Field-cutting specialty surfaces without required authorization.
  • Forcing faucet shanks through undersized openings.
  • Mounting over cracked or unsupported material.
  • Using sealant to compensate for excessive opening size.
  • Omitting required reinforcement.
  • Cutting concealed utilities or structural supports.
  • Leaving sharp edges in hose or cable passages.
  • Damaging waterproofing without restoration.
  • Concealing unacceptable surface repairs with trim.
  • Reducing accessibility or service clearances.
  • Proceeding with visibly misaligned openings.

7.12.62 Deficiency Identification

Identify conditions preventing acceptable mounting, including:

Incorrect hole size
Incorrect hole location
Insufficient edge distance
Excessive deck thickness
Weak or damaged substrate
Missing reinforcement
Incomplete waterproofing
Insufficient service access
Basin interference
Accessibility conflict
Sensor-field conflict
Uncured or wet surface

7.12.63 Deficiency Reporting

Report unacceptable mounting-surface or opening conditions before faucet installation.

Include:

  • Fixture and location identification.
  • Observed condition.
  • Measured dimensions.
  • Approved required dimensions.
  • Photographs where useful.
  • Affected material or trade.
  • Recommended corrective action.
  • Reinspection status.

7.12.64 Corrective Work

Complete required cutting, reinforcement, repair, replacement, patching, sealing, waterproofing restoration, or access modification before faucet mounting.

Corrective work shall be performed by personnel qualified for the affected surface or assembly.

Reinspect corrected conditions before release.

7.12.65 Final Surface Inspection

Before mounting the faucet, verify:

  • The surface is clean, dry, sound, and stable.
  • The opening is correctly located and sized.
  • Required edge distance is maintained.
  • Deck thickness is compatible.
  • Required reinforcement is complete.
  • Edges are smooth and protected.
  • Waterproofing and finish repairs are complete.
  • Base or escutcheon coverage is acceptable.
  • Below-deck access is available.
  • Accessibility clearances are preserved.
  • Sensor and basin relationships are acceptable.
  • Adjacent finishes remain undamaged.

7.12.66 Mounting-Surface Release

Release the location for faucet mounting only after dimensional, structural, finish, waterproofing, accessibility, service-access, and cleanliness requirements have been satisfied.

Beginning faucet mounting constitutes acceptance of visible mounting-surface and opening conditions except deficiencies previously reported in writing.

7.12.67 Mounting-Surface and Opening Record

Verification Item Status Measurement or Comments
Faucet centerline verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Mounting-hole diameter verified [Yes / No] [Insert dimension]
Hole spacing verified [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert dimension]
Edge distance acceptable [Yes / No] [Insert dimension]
Deck thickness compatible [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert dimension]
Surface flat and stable [Yes / No] [Insert]
Required reinforcement installed [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Opening edges finished and protected [Yes / No] [Insert]
Waterproofing restored [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Base or escutcheon coverage verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Below-deck clearance verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Service access verified [Yes / No] [Insert]
Accessibility clearance maintained [Yes / No / N.A.] [Insert]
Sensor and basin relationship acceptable [Yes / No] [Insert]
Surface clean and dry [Yes / No] [Insert]
Location released for mounting [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.12.68 Completion of Mounting-Surface and Opening Preparation

Mounting-surface and opening preparation is complete when the required location, dimensions, tolerances, support, reinforcement, edge treatment, waterproofing, cleanliness, access, and finish conditions have been verified and accepted.

Maintain completed records with project quality-control, installation, and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.12 — Mounting-Surface and Opening Preparation Part 7.13 should address general faucet installation, including assembly sequence, gasket placement, mounting alignment, tightening, finish protection, component support, service access, prohibited modifications, and initial installation inspection.
```
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements

Part 7.13 — General Faucet Installation

General requirements for assembly, positioning, mounting, alignment, sealing, fastening, component support, finish protection, service access, workmanship, and initial inspection of commercial touchless faucet systems.

```
```
Execution Stage Permanent Installation
Primary Responsibility Qualified Installing Contractor
Installation Basis Approved Model-Specific Instructions
Completion Point Mounted and Ready for Connections
Specifier Note General installation requirements apply to all selected configurations. Retain additional deck-mounted, wall-mounted, power, mixing, controls, and network requirements only where included in the approved faucet system.

7.13.1 General Installation Requirements

Install commercial touchless faucet systems in accordance with approved product data, manufacturer instructions, Contract Documents, coordination drawings, accepted field conditions, and applicable code requirements.

Install complete assemblies with all required mounting hardware, gaskets, seals, supports, hydraulic components, electronic controls, power components, accessories, and service provisions.

Do not omit components or alter the installation sequence where doing so may affect alignment, sealing, electrical safety, sensor performance, serviceability, certification, or warranty.

7.13.2 Approved Product Verification

Before installation, verify that the faucet assembly matches the approved fixture designation.

Manufacturer and series
Exact model
Mounting configuration
Finish
Sensor type
Power method
Flow-control configuration
Supply arrangement

7.13.3 Component Completeness

Confirm that all components required for the selected configuration are present before mounting begins.

Component Group Verification
Exposed Assembly Faucet body, spout, sensor window, outlet, base, trim, and escutcheon.
Mounting Assembly Shank, gasket, washer, support plate, nut, bracket, anchors, and fasteners.
Hydraulic Assembly Solenoid, hoses, adapters, filters, strainers, check valves, and seals.
Electrical Assembly Controller, wiring, connectors, battery pack, transformer, or power interface.
Temperature-Control Assembly Mixing valve, limiting device, check valves, and adjustment components where applicable.

7.13.4 Installation Instructions

Maintain the current installation instructions for the exact faucet model at the work location.

Where general project requirements differ from model-specific instructions, obtain written clarification before proceeding.

7.13.5 Installation Sequence

Sequence Activity
1 Verify product, location, surface, opening, and utilities.
2 Protect finishes and organize components.
3 Place required gaskets, seals, bases, or flanges.
4 Position and align the faucet body.
5 Install support and mounting hardware.
6 Tighten in a controlled manner while maintaining alignment.
7 Install and support below-deck or concealed components.
8 Complete initial installation inspection before utility connection.

7.13.6 Work-Area Protection

Protect countertops, basins, walls, mirrors, casework, flooring, accessories, and adjacent fixtures throughout installation.

Use clean, nonabrasive protection that does not stain surfaces, trap moisture, leave adhesive residue, or obstruct required inspection.

7.13.7 Faucet Finish Protection

Maintain factory protective films, sleeves, or coverings on decorative surfaces where they do not interfere with mounting or inspection.

Do not permit metal tools, abrasive materials, rough gloves, sealant, adhesives, or construction debris to contact exposed finishes.

7.13.8 Sensor-Window Protection

Protect sensor windows from scratches, impact, sealant, fingerprints, dust, tape, labels, and unapproved cleaning materials.

Do not use the sensor window as a gripping, lifting, or alignment surface.

7.13.9 Gasket Verification

Verify required factory gaskets, O-rings, washers, seals, and isolating materials are present and correctly positioned.

Do not install damaged, twisted, flattened, contaminated, hardened, swollen, or incorrectly sized sealing components.

7.13.10 Gasket Placement

Place gaskets uniformly on clean, dry surfaces without folds, gaps, misalignment, excessive stretching, or interference with mounting openings.

Maintain gasket position while the faucet is lowered, aligned, and tightened.

7.13.11 Sealant Use

Use sealant only where required by approved details or manufacturer instructions.

Apply sealant neatly and in quantities that provide the required seal without entering mounting holes, waterways, electronic enclosures, or sensor areas.

Do not substitute sealant for required gaskets, structural support, proper opening size, or correct mounting hardware.

7.13.12 Faucet Placement

Place the faucet carefully through or against the prepared mounting surface without scratching finishes or damaging hoses, wiring, threads, seals, and connectors.

Do not force faucet components through restrictive or misaligned openings.

7.13.13 Faucet Orientation

Orient the faucet so the outlet, sensor field, body, escutcheon, and visible surfaces align with the basin and approved architectural layout.

Verify orientation before final tightening.

7.13.14 Centerline Alignment

Align the faucet with the approved basin centerline, fixture layout, tile grid, countertop joint, wall elevation, or architectural control line.

Maintain consistent alignment across repetitive or gang-lavatory installations.

7.13.15 Outlet Position

Confirm that the faucet outlet is positioned within the intended basin capture area.

The outlet position shall minimize:

Splash beyond the basin
Direct impact on the drain
Impact on the rear basin wall
Insufficient hand clearance
Sensor-zone obstruction
Water discharge onto accessories

7.13.16 Base Seating

Seat the faucet base, flange, or escutcheon uniformly against the mounting surface.

Do not permit rocking, visible gaps, uneven gasket compression, trapped debris, or localized bearing that may damage the faucet or substrate.

7.13.17 Mounting Hardware

Install factory-provided or approved mounting washers, support plates, brackets, nuts, anchors, and fasteners in the required order and orientation.

Do not omit support components or substitute field-selected hardware without approval.

7.13.18 Support-Plate Installation

Position support plates and mounting washers to bear fully on sound material.

Do not allow plates or washers to bear on unsupported edges, basin flanges, loose laminate, irregular build-up, hoses, wiring, or concealed debris.

7.13.19 Fastener Installation

Install fasteners using appropriate tools and methods that prevent cross-threading, stripping, finish damage, anchor rotation, and substrate cracking.

Start threaded fasteners by hand where practical to confirm proper engagement.

7.13.20 Tightening Requirements

Tighten mounting hardware gradually and evenly while maintaining faucet alignment and uniform gasket compression.

Use the model-specific torque requirement where provided.

Mounting Torque: [Insert approved value] or tighten in accordance with manufacturer instructions.

7.13.21 Overtightening Prevention

Do not overtighten mounting hardware.

Overtightening shall not be permitted where it may:

  • Crack stone, ceramic, glass, or solid-surface material.
  • Crush hollow or built-up decks.
  • Distort the faucet base.
  • Extrude or damage gaskets.
  • Strip threads.
  • Misalign the sensor or outlet.
  • Restrict internal hoses or wiring.

7.13.22 Undertightening Prevention

Tighten hardware sufficiently to prevent movement, rotation, rocking, gasket leakage, and loosening during normal use and maintenance.

Recheck alignment and stability after initial tightening.

7.13.23 Faucet Stability

The mounted faucet shall remain rigid and stable under normal hand-washing use, cleaning, outlet servicing, and incidental contact.

Correct movement by addressing mounting hardware, reinforcement, support, gasket seating, or substrate condition rather than applying concealed adhesive as the sole remedy.

7.13.24 Final Mounting Alignment

Confirm final faucet alignment after tightening.

Verify:

Body is plumb or properly oriented
Outlet aligns with basin
Sensor faces intended user zone
Base seats uniformly
Escutcheon is visually aligned
Repeated installations are consistent

7.13.25 Below-Deck Component Layout

Lay out below-deck components before permanent attachment to confirm hydraulic routing, electrical routing, accessibility, moisture protection, and separation from moving casework.

Do not locate components where they obstruct knee clearance, toe clearance, drawers, shelves, access panels, traps, drains, basin clips, or structural supports.

7.13.26 Component Support

Secure solenoids, controllers, battery packs, transformers, mixing devices, filters, gateways, and related components using approved brackets, clips, fasteners, or supports.

Components shall not be left suspended from hoses, wiring, connectors, faucet shanks, or supply piping unless specifically designed for that arrangement.

7.13.27 Service Access

Position serviceable components so they can be isolated, inspected, adjusted, removed, cleaned, and replaced without destructive removal of permanent construction.

Maintain access to:

Shutoff valves
Filters and strainers
Check valves
Solenoid assemblies
Controllers
Battery holders
Power supplies
Mixing devices

7.13.28 Moisture Protection

Locate electronic components and connectors away from anticipated leakage, condensation, drain joints, trap connections, open cabinet floors, and cleaning-water exposure.

Maintain enclosure orientation, drip loops, covers, seals, and environmental protection required for the selected components.

7.13.29 Hydraulic and Electrical Separation

Arrange hydraulic and electrical components to limit the potential for leakage or condensation to contact electrical connections.

Do not route cables beneath likely leak points where an alternative compliant route is available.

7.13.30 Hose and Cable Passage

Pass hoses and wiring through openings without cutting, scraping, crushing, twisting, or pulling against sharp edges.

Install required grommets, bushings, sleeves, or edge protection before routing components.

7.13.31 Hose Routing

Route hoses in relaxed paths that:

  • Avoid kinks and flattening.
  • Avoid twisting.
  • Avoid sharp-radius bends.
  • Avoid abrasion and pinch points.
  • Avoid hot surfaces.
  • Avoid interference with drawers and doors.
  • Maintain service access.
  • Do not project into required accessibility clearances.

7.13.32 Cable Routing

Route sensor, control, communication, and low-voltage cables in accordance with approved diagrams.

Provide strain relief and support so cable weight is not carried by connectors.

Do not route low-voltage cables with power conductors unless permitted by applicable code and approved manufacturer instructions.

7.13.33 Connector Protection

Keep electrical and communication connectors clean, dry, protected, and disconnected until required for the immediate connection activity.

Do not pull components by attached wires or use connectors as lifting points.

7.13.34 Accessibility Coordination

Install faucet and below-deck components without reducing required clear floor space, knee clearance, toe clearance, reach range, or protected piping provisions where applicable.

Coordinate installed conditions with applicable ADA and ICC A117.1 project requirements.

7.13.35 Adjacent Fixture Coordination

Maintain required separation from adjacent faucets, soap dispensers, hand dryers, mirrors, partitions, drain controls, accessories, and electronic fixtures.

Verify that adjacent components do not obstruct use, cleaning, service, or sensor performance.

7.13.36 Gang-Lavatory Installation

In gang-lavatory installations, maintain consistent spacing, alignment, outlet position, sensor orientation, component arrangement, and service access.

Coordinate shared power, individual power, common supply, individual shutoff, and sensor-separation requirements in accordance with the approved design.

7.13.37 Repetitive Installation Standard

Use the accepted first representative installation as the workmanship standard for comparable locations.

Do not reproduce a condition later identified as deficient; correct completed installations affected by the same workmanship issue.

7.13.38 Field Modification Restrictions

Do not drill, cut, grind, bend, shorten, lengthen, rethread, repaint, replate, or otherwise modify factory faucet components without written approval.

Field modification shall not impair structural integrity, hydraulic performance, sensor operation, electrical safety, accessibility, finish quality, certification, or warranty.

7.13.39 Component Substitution Restrictions

Do not substitute unapproved mounting hardware, solenoids, hoses, filters, flow controls, power supplies, sensors, controllers, or accessories.

Components that appear physically interchangeable shall not be treated as compatible without verification.

7.13.40 Prohibited Installation Practices

  • Installing damaged or contaminated products.
  • Forcing faucet components through incompatible openings.
  • Omitting gaskets, support plates, brackets, or required fasteners.
  • Using sealant as the sole mounting support.
  • Overtightening or undertightening mounting hardware.
  • Suspending components from hoses or wiring.
  • Concealing serviceable components without access.
  • Routing wiring through unprotected sharp openings.
  • Placing electronic components beneath uncontrolled leak points.
  • Reducing accessibility clearances.
  • Connecting utilities before mounting inspection is complete.
  • Energizing incomplete faucet assemblies.

7.13.41 Workmanship Requirements

Provide installation that is neat, secure, aligned, accessible, clean, and free from visible damage.

Completed mounting shall exhibit:

Consistent alignment
Uniform base seating
Clean sealant joints
Protected finishes
Supported components
Orderly hose routing
Orderly cable routing
Clear service access

7.13.42 Initial Mounting Inspection

Inspect the installation before hydraulic or electrical connection.

  • Verify the faucet is the correct model and finish.
  • Verify the base seats uniformly.
  • Verify the faucet is stable.
  • Verify alignment with the basin and architectural layout.
  • Verify mounting hardware is complete.
  • Verify hoses and wiring are undamaged.
  • Verify components are independently supported.
  • Verify service access remains available.
  • Verify accessibility clearances are preserved.
  • Verify decorative finishes remain undamaged.

7.13.43 Installation Deficiencies

Identify and correct mounting deficiencies before connecting water or power.

Deficiencies include:

Loose or rocking faucet
Misaligned body or outlet
Uneven gasket compression
Missing mounting components
Damaged finish
Damaged sensor window
Unsupported components
Restricted service access
Pinched hoses or cables
Accessibility obstruction

7.13.44 Corrective Work

Loosen, realign, remount, reinforce, replace, reroute, reseal, or otherwise correct deficient installation using approved methods.

Replace damaged gaskets, fasteners, finishes, hoses, wiring, connectors, or other components rather than concealing damage.

Reinspect corrected work before utility connection.

7.13.45 Protection After Mounting

Protect mounted faucets and associated components from subsequent work until hydraulic connection, electrical connection, testing, cleaning, and final acceptance are complete.

Prevent unauthorized use, impact, contamination, paint overspray, chemical exposure, component removal, and construction cleaning through installed faucets.

7.13.46 Installation Release for Connection

Release the mounted faucet for hydraulic and electrical connection only after mounting alignment, stability, support, service access, accessibility, hose routing, cable routing, and finish condition have been accepted.

Do not pressurize or energize a faucet that has not passed the initial mounting inspection.

7.13.47 General Faucet Installation Record

Installation Item Status Comments or Corrective Action
Correct model, finish, and configuration verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Required components complete [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Gaskets and seals correctly placed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Faucet base uniformly seated [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Faucet aligned with basin [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Outlet within basin capture area [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Mounting hardware complete and secure [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Faucet stable and free from movement [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Below-deck components supported [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hoses routed without stress or kinks [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Cables routed and protected [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Service access maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Accessibility clearances maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Finish and sensor window undamaged [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Mounted faucet released for connection [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.13.48 Completion of General Faucet Installation

General faucet installation is complete when the approved faucet assembly is securely mounted, correctly aligned, properly supported, protected from damage, accessible for service, and ready for hydraulic and electrical connection.

Maintain completed installation records with project quality-control, inspection, testing, and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.13 — General Faucet Installation Part 7.14 should address deck-mounted faucet installation, including deck-specific positioning, shank insertion, gasket placement, below-deck support, mounting-nut engagement, basin-flange conflicts, countertop protection, tightening sequence, and final deck-mount inspection.
```
```
Division 22 · Execution Requirements

Part 7.14 — Deck-Mounted Faucet Installation

Requirements for positioning, inserting, supporting, aligning, sealing, tightening, and inspecting deck-mounted commercial touchless faucets installed through countertops, lavatory decks, integrated basins, and comparable horizontal mounting surfaces.

```
```
Mounting Type Horizontal Deck Installation
Primary Responsibility Qualified Plumbing Installer
Critical Coordination Deck, Basin, Shank, Support
Acceptance Basis Stable, Aligned, Serviceable
Specifier Note Deck-mounted installation requirements shall be coordinated with the exact faucet shank length, deck thickness, basin flange, countertop reinforcement, gasket configuration, and below-deck service envelope. Do not assume that faucets with similar exposed dimensions have interchangeable mounting requirements.

7.14.1 General

Install deck-mounted commercial touchless faucets through approved mounting openings in countertops, lavatory decks, integrated basin ledges, or other horizontal surfaces.

Complete installation in accordance with the exact model-specific instructions, approved shop drawings, countertop fabrication documents, fixture schedule, and accepted field conditions.

Provide complete installation including faucet body, gasket, escutcheon where applicable, mounting shank, support plate, washers, mounting nut, hoses, wiring, and associated below-deck components.

7.14.2 Applicable Deck Types

Deck-mounted installation requirements apply to approved mounting surfaces including:

Natural stone countertops
Engineered stone countertops
Solid-surface countertops
Stainless-steel decks
Composite countertops
Laminate assemblies
Vitreous or ceramic fixture decks
Integrated lavatory systems

7.14.3 Deck Acceptance

Confirm the deck has been inspected and released under Part 7.12 before beginning faucet installation.

The accepted deck shall be:

  • Structurally sound.
  • Clean and dry.
  • Within approved thickness limits.
  • Provided with correctly sized mounting openings.
  • Free from cracks, chips, delamination, and unsupported edges.
  • Accessible below the mounting location.
  • Compatible with required gaskets and support hardware.

7.14.4 Deck Thickness Verification

Measure total deck thickness at the faucet opening, including surface material, substrate, reinforcement, build-up, liners, and attached backing.

Measured Deck Thickness: [Insert dimension].

Confirm the measured thickness permits full engagement of the approved mounting shank, washer, support plate, and mounting nut.

7.14.5 Mounting-Shank Engagement

Verify sufficient threaded shank remains below the deck for complete and secure engagement of required mounting hardware.

Do not omit washers, support plates, or reinforcement to obtain additional thread engagement.

7.14.6 Excessive Deck Thickness

Where deck thickness exceeds the approved mounting range, stop installation and obtain an approved corrective detail.

Corrective measures may include:

Approved deck recess
Fabricator-authorized substrate modification
Approved extension kit
Alternate approved faucet configuration

Do not grind, thin, or remove structural deck material without authorization from the responsible fabricator and design authority.

7.14.7 Thin or Flexible Decks

Provide approved reinforcement where the deck may flex, deform, oil-can, or crack under normal faucet loading.

Reinforcement shall distribute mounting forces without interfering with the basin, countertop supports, hoses, wiring, or service access.

7.14.8 Hollow Deck Assemblies

Where the deck contains a hollow core, air space, cellular structure, or unsupported build-up, provide approved compression support or reinforcement.

Mounting hardware shall not crush the deck or pull surface layers together in a manner that damages the finished assembly.

7.14.9 Basin-Flange Coordination

Verify the basin flange, overflow channel, clips, anchors, adhesive, and support frame do not obstruct the faucet shank or mounting hardware.

Do not cut or modify basin flanges, overflow components, or manufacturer-installed basin supports without approval.

7.14.10 Basin-Cutout Clearance

Confirm adequate material remains between the faucet opening and basin cutout to support the faucet and resist cracking.

Report inadequate edge distance, fractures, weak seams, or unsupported material before mounting.

7.14.11 Opening Verification

Confirm the mounting opening is correctly sized, round or shaped as required, clean, smooth, and free from sharp edges.

Opening Item Verification
Diameter or Shape Matches approved model-specific requirement.
Centerline Aligns with basin and architectural layout.
Edge Condition Free from chips, burrs, cracks, and loose material.
Below-Deck Clearance Unobstructed for mounting hardware, hoses, and wiring.

7.14.12 Opening Edge Protection

Provide grommets, sleeves, bushings, or smooth edge treatment where hoses or wiring pass through openings that may cause abrasion.

Edge protection shall not interfere with shank engagement, gasket seating, drainage, or mounting-hardware bearing.

7.14.13 Mounting-Surface Cleaning

Clean the upper and lower deck surfaces around the mounting opening immediately before installation.

Remove:

  • Dust and cutting residue.
  • Stone slurry.
  • Metal filings.
  • Old sealant.
  • Adhesive residue.
  • Grout or mortar.
  • Standing water.
  • Loose laminate or substrate fibers.

7.14.14 Surface Dryness

Confirm the deck, opening edge, gasket-contact surface, and support-plate bearing area are dry.

Do not mount over active moisture, uncured sealant, wet adhesives, condensation, or unresolved leakage.

7.14.15 Upper Gasket Placement

Install the approved upper gasket, seal, isolator, or base pad in the required orientation.

Center the gasket around the mounting opening and maintain full contact without folds, gaps, twisting, or contamination.

7.14.16 Escutcheon Installation

Install the factory escutcheon or base plate where included in the approved configuration.

Align the escutcheon with the faucet body, basin centerline, countertop joint pattern, and surrounding architectural elements.

7.14.17 Sealant at Faucet Base

Apply compatible sealant at the faucet base only where required by approved details or manufacturer instructions.

Apply sealant in a controlled manner that prevents water entry without blocking intended drainage paths.

Do not use sealant as a substitute for the factory gasket or proper base seating.

7.14.18 Faucet Insertion

Lower the faucet shank, hoses, and wiring through the deck opening carefully.

During insertion:

  • Protect exposed finishes.
  • Prevent hoses from kinking.
  • Prevent wiring from scraping against the opening.
  • Do not force connectors through restrictive openings.
  • Maintain gasket position.
  • Avoid impact with the basin or countertop.

7.14.19 Hose and Wiring Sequence

Pass hoses, sensor leads, and power wiring through the opening in the sequence recommended for the selected faucet.

Do not disconnect factory-installed hoses or connectors solely to simplify insertion unless permitted by the manufacturer instructions.

7.14.20 Temporary Faucet Support

Support the faucet body during below-deck hardware installation to prevent tipping, rotation, impact, or damage to the gasket and finish.

Do not leave the faucet unsupported in the opening before mounting hardware is engaged.

7.14.21 Preliminary Orientation

Position the faucet in its approximate final orientation before engaging the mounting nut.

Confirm the sensor face and outlet point toward the intended hand-washing zone.

7.14.22 Lower Washer Placement

Install lower washers, isolation washers, lock washers, and other mounting elements in the required order.

Verify washers sit flat and do not trap hoses, wiring, debris, insulation, or countertop fragments.

7.14.23 Support-Plate Placement

Position the support plate fully against the underside of the deck or approved reinforcement.

The support plate shall:

Bear on sound material
Clear the basin flange
Avoid hoses and wiring
Remain accessible for inspection
Distribute mounting load
Permit full nut engagement

7.14.24 Basin-Flange Conflict

Where the basin flange conflicts with the support plate or mounting nut, stop installation and coordinate an approved resolution.

Do not notch, bend, or omit factory mounting components without written approval.

7.14.25 Mounting-Nut Engagement

Start the mounting nut by hand and confirm smooth, complete thread engagement before applying tools.

Do not force a cross-threaded, damaged, contaminated, or misaligned mounting nut.

7.14.26 Preliminary Tightening

Tighten the mounting nut sufficiently to hold the faucet while allowing final alignment.

Recheck upper gasket position, base seating, escutcheon alignment, and outlet orientation before final tightening.

7.14.27 Final Alignment

Align the faucet with:

  • Basin centerline.
  • Drain and water-capture area.
  • Backsplash or wall line.
  • Adjacent faucets and accessories.
  • Countertop seams or architectural control lines.
  • Intended sensor activation zone.

7.14.28 Final Tightening

Tighten the mounting assembly gradually while holding the faucet in final alignment.

Use the model-specific torque requirement where provided.

Required Mounting Torque: [Insert approved value] or in accordance with manufacturer instructions.

7.14.29 Counter-Holding

Counter-hold the faucet body as required during tightening to prevent rotation, finish damage, hose twisting, and sensor misalignment.

Use clean, nonabrasive handling methods and approved tools.

7.14.30 Gasket Compression

Confirm the upper gasket or seal is compressed uniformly around the faucet base.

Correct visible extrusion, folding, displacement, gaps, or uneven compression before installation proceeds.

7.14.31 Base Seating Inspection

Inspect the perimeter of the faucet base or escutcheon for uniform contact with the deck.

Do not accept rocking, visible gaps, trapped debris, uneven bearing, or distortion of the base.

7.14.32 Faucet Stability

Verify the faucet is rigid and does not rotate, rock, lean, or move when subjected to normal incidental hand contact.

Correct instability by repairing support, reinforcement, hardware engagement, deck condition, or gasket seating.

7.14.33 Outlet-to-Basin Relationship

Confirm the mounted outlet discharges into the intended basin capture area.

Condition Acceptance Requirement
Spout Reach Suitable for normal hand washing without excessive reach.
Stream Location Within the basin capture area.
Drain Relationship Does not create excessive splash or objectionable noise.
Rear Basin Wall Stream does not strike a surface likely to cause splash-out.

7.14.34 Sensor Orientation

Verify the sensor window faces the intended activation area and is not rotated toward the backsplash, adjacent faucet, public aisle, or unrelated reflective surface.

Final sensor calibration shall occur after power connection and startup.

7.14.35 Below-Deck Hose Clearance

Confirm faucet hoses clear the mounting nut, support plate, basin flange, sharp edges, overflow channels, drain components, and structural supports.

Do not clamp, flatten, pinch, twist, or trap hoses between mounting components and the deck.

7.14.36 Below-Deck Wiring Clearance

Route sensor and power wiring clear of the mounting nut, threaded shank, basin clips, sharp openings, and moving casework.

Provide strain relief and edge protection before completing electrical connections.

7.14.37 Mounting-Hardware Accessibility

Maintain access to the mounting nut and related hardware for inspection, tightening, removal, and future faucet replacement.

Do not permanently conceal mounting hardware behind inaccessible shelves, panels, liners, or structural elements.

7.14.38 Accessibility Coordination

Confirm the faucet location and below-deck mounting assembly do not reduce applicable reach, knee clearance, toe clearance, or clear floor space.

Coordinate the completed lavatory assembly with applicable ADA and ICC A117.1 project requirements where applicable.

7.14.39 Gang-Lavatory Alignment

For multiple deck-mounted faucets, maintain consistent centerline spacing, body orientation, outlet position, base alignment, and sensor direction.

Inspect the installation from normal user and architectural viewpoints before final acceptance.

7.14.40 Countertop Seam Coordination

Avoid mounting directly over or immediately adjacent to countertop seams unless the approved fabrication detail provides adequate strength, flatness, and moisture protection.

Report movement, lippage, cracking, open joints, or unsupported seam conditions before installation.

7.14.41 Integrated Soap-Dispenser Coordination

Where a deck-mounted soap dispenser is adjacent to the faucet, maintain sufficient spacing between mounting hardware, tubing, reservoirs, wiring, and service zones.

Confirm the faucet and soap activation zones remain distinct and usable where both systems are automatic.

7.14.42 Drain-Control Coordination

Coordinate faucet installation with pop-up controls, cable drains, overflow assemblies, strainers, and other drain-control mechanisms.

Do not allow mounting hardware, hoses, or wiring to restrict drain-control movement or service.

7.14.43 Finish Cleaning After Mounting

Remove fingerprints, minor installation residue, and excess approved sealant using materials suitable for the selected finish.

Do not use abrasive pads, metal tools, acidic compounds, harsh solvents, or unapproved chemical cleaners.

7.14.44 Excess Sealant Removal

Remove excess sealant before it cures where removal can be completed without damaging the finish, gasket, deck, or waterproofing.

Provide a neat, continuous, and visually acceptable joint where sealant remains exposed.

7.14.45 Post-Mounting Protection

Protect the mounted faucet from impact, dust, paint, chemicals, tools, unauthorized operation, and subsequent countertop or casework work.

Protection shall not place adhesive directly on the faucet finish or sensor window.

7.14.46 Prohibited Deck-Mount Practices

  • Installing through an unverified or damaged opening.
  • Omitting the factory gasket or support plate.
  • Using sealant as structural support.
  • Forcing hoses or connectors through an undersized opening.
  • Trapping wiring beneath washers or support plates.
  • Notching mounting hardware without approval.
  • Mounting against an unsupported basin flange.
  • Overtightening and cracking or deforming the deck.
  • Undertightening and leaving the faucet loose.
  • Using an extension or substitute mounting nut not approved for the faucet.
  • Reducing service or accessibility clearances.
  • Concealing visible deck damage beneath the escutcheon.

7.14.47 Initial Deck-Mount Inspection

Inspect each deck-mounted faucet before hydraulic or electrical connection.

  • Verify correct model, finish, and mounting configuration.
  • Verify deck thickness is compatible.
  • Verify gasket and escutcheon placement.
  • Verify support plate and mounting nut engagement.
  • Verify the faucet is stable and aligned.
  • Verify the outlet aligns with the basin capture area.
  • Verify hoses and wiring are undamaged and unrestricted.
  • Verify service and accessibility clearances remain available.
  • Verify the finish and sensor window are undamaged.

7.14.48 Installation Deficiencies

Correct deck-mounted installation deficiencies before connecting water or power.

Loose faucet
Misaligned faucet body
Uneven base seating
Displaced gasket
Incomplete nut engagement
Basin-flange interference
Pinched hose or wiring
Damaged countertop
Damaged faucet finish
Restricted service access

7.14.49 Corrective Work

Remount, realign, reinforce, replace, reseal, or reroute deficient work using approved materials and methods.

Replace damaged gaskets, mounting nuts, washers, support plates, hoses, wiring, faucet bodies, or surface materials as required.

Reinspect corrected work before releasing the faucet for connection.

7.14.50 Deck-Mounted Faucet Installation Record

Installation Item Status Measurement or Comments
Correct faucet model and finish verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Deck thickness verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert dimension]
Mounting opening acceptable [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert dimension]
Upper gasket correctly placed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Escutcheon correctly aligned [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Support plate properly seated [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Mounting nut fully engaged [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Faucet aligned and stable [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Outlet within basin capture area [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Sensor orientation acceptable [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hoses free from kinks and interference [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Wiring protected and unrestricted [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Service access maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Accessibility clearances maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Finish and deck undamaged [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Deck-mounted faucet released for connection [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.14.51 Completion of Deck-Mounted Faucet Installation

Deck-mounted faucet installation is complete when the faucet is securely mounted, correctly aligned, uniformly sealed, properly supported, free from finish damage, and ready for hydraulic and electrical connection.

Maintain the completed installation record with project quality-control, inspection, testing, and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.14 — Deck-Mounted Faucet Installation Part 7.15 should address wall-mounted faucet installation, including concealed-body positioning, rough-in depth, structural support, finished-wall coordination, waterproofing, trim alignment, spout projection, service access, and final wall-mount inspection.
```
Mounting Type Exposed and Concealed Wall Mount
Primary Responsibility Qualified Installing Contractor
Critical Coordination Rough-In Depth, Support, Finish
Acceptance Basis Stable, Sealed, Aligned, Accessible
Specifier Note Coordinate wall-mounted faucets before framing closure and finish installation. Confirm exact rough-in depth, finished-wall thickness, backing, waterproofing, trim coverage, basin relationship, and access requirements for the selected system.

7.15.1 General

Install wall-mounted commercial touchless faucets in accordance with approved product data, model-specific instructions, coordinated architectural elevations, plumbing details, accepted rough-in conditions, and applicable Contract Documents.

Provide complete installation including concealed faucet bodies, wall boxes, mounting brackets, exposed spouts, sensor assemblies, escutcheons, trim plates, gaskets, seals, hydraulic components, wiring, and service-access provisions where included in the selected system.

Do not install wall-mounted components until wall construction, rough-in depth, backing, basin position, waterproofing interfaces, and service access have been verified.

7.15.2 Installation Configurations

Configuration Installation Coordination
Concealed Faucet Body Coordinate framing, support, rough-in depth, access, trim, and waterproofing.
Exposed Wall-Mounted Assembly Coordinate anchors, wall backing, supply alignment, exposed piping, and finish protection.
Separate Sensor and Spout Coordinate opening spacing, cable routing, sensor field, and trim alignment.
Integrated Sensor Spout Coordinate body orientation, spout projection, sensor angle, and basin capture area.

7.15.3 Approved Documents

Verify installation against current approved documents, including:

Architectural elevations
Plumbing plans and details
Approved product data
Coordination drawings
Wall-section details
Waterproofing details
Accessibility details
Approved field clarifications

7.15.4 Wall Construction Verification

Verify wall construction before installing concealed or exposed faucet components.

Framing type and spacing
Wall cavity depth
Backing and blocking
Finished-wall thickness
Tile or panel thickness
Waterproofing layer
Concealed utility locations
Access-panel arrangement

7.15.5 Structural Support

Secure wall-mounted faucet bodies, spout supports, wall boxes, brackets, and related components to approved structural backing, framing, carriers, or mounting assemblies.

Do not rely on finish materials, unsupported gypsum board, tile, thin panels, or sealant as the primary structural support.

7.15.6 Backing and Blocking

Verify backing and blocking are positioned to receive the approved brackets and fasteners without conflict with piping, wiring, waterproofing, or adjacent equipment.

Provide additional backing where required to prevent movement, rotation, vibration, or progressive loosening.

7.15.7 Concealed-Body Position

Position concealed faucet bodies, valve boxes, sensor housings, and mounting brackets at the approved horizontal and vertical locations.

Coordinate the concealed body with the basin centerline, finished floor elevation, wall finish, spout projection, and intended hand-washing zone.

7.15.8 Rough-In Depth

Set concealed components within the rough-in depth range permitted by the selected system.

Approved Rough-In Depth: [Insert model-specific minimum and maximum dimensions].

Measure rough-in depth from the manufacturer-defined reference plane to the anticipated finished-wall surface.

7.15.9 Finished-Wall Reference

Establish and clearly mark the finished-wall reference plane before fastening concealed components.

Include the total thickness of:

  • Sheathing or backer board.
  • Waterproofing or membrane systems.
  • Mortar or adhesive beds.
  • Tile, stone, panel, or other finish.
  • Required setting tolerances.

7.15.10 Rough-In Depth Tolerance

Maintain the concealed body within the approved adjustment range throughout framing, wall-board installation, waterproofing, and finish application.

Do not compensate for excessive or insufficient rough-in depth by forcing trim, extending unsupported connections, omitting seals, or modifying factory components.

7.15.11 Horizontal Alignment

Align the faucet body and outlet with the approved basin centerline and architectural elevation.

Maintain consistent horizontal alignment across gang lavatories and repeated installations.

7.15.12 Vertical Elevation

Set the faucet outlet elevation in relation to the finished basin rim, basin depth, backsplash, mirror, and intended user position.

Approved Outlet Elevation: [Insert dimension or reference approved elevation].

7.15.13 Level and Plumb

Install concealed bodies, mounting brackets, exposed housings, and trim plates level, plumb, and square to the finished-wall plane unless the approved design requires another orientation.

Reverify alignment after supply piping and supports are connected.

7.15.14 Independent Support

Support concealed faucet bodies and wall-mounted assemblies independently from flexible hoses, branch piping, wiring, trim plates, and finished-wall materials.

Piping connections shall not be used to hold the faucet body at the required position.

7.15.15 Mounting Brackets

Install factory-provided or approved mounting brackets in the required orientation.

Secure brackets with fasteners suitable for the backing material, anticipated loads, moisture exposure, and corrosion conditions.

7.15.16 Fastener Installation

Install anchors and fasteners without damaging framing, concealed utilities, waterproofing, finish materials, or faucet components.

Tighten fasteners sufficiently to prevent movement without deforming the housing, bracket, wall box, or substrate.

7.15.17 Piping Connection Forces

Align and support piping so connection forces do not rotate, twist, pull, or displace the concealed faucet body.

Recheck body alignment after piping connections are completed and before wall closure.

7.15.18 Temporary Rough-In Protection

Maintain factory rough-in guards, plaster guards, caps, sleeves, and protective covers during wall construction.

Do not remove protective devices until required for inspection, testing, finish installation, or final trim assembly.

7.15.19 Plaster Guard Alignment

Align plaster guards and rough-in indicators with the anticipated finished-wall plane.

Keep guards visible and undamaged until the finished-wall thickness and trim fit have been verified.

7.15.20 Waterproofing Coordination

Coordinate concealed bodies, wall boxes, penetrations, sleeves, fasteners, and trim openings with the approved waterproofing system.

Restore membranes, seals, flashings, and drainage planes disturbed by installation using compatible materials and approved procedures.

7.15.21 Penetration Sealing

Seal wall penetrations where required to limit water migration into wall cavities.

Do not obstruct intended drainage, ventilation, access, or movement provisions within the faucet assembly.

7.15.22 Concealed Leak Inspection

Inspect concealed hydraulic connections for leakage before wall closure.

Do not conceal connections showing seepage, moisture, corrosion staining, pressure loss, or incomplete assembly.

7.15.23 Preclosure Inspection

Before wall closure, verify:

  • Concealed body location and elevation.
  • Rough-in depth.
  • Level, plumb, and square alignment.
  • Structural support and fasteners.
  • Piping support and connection condition.
  • Wiring and connector routing.
  • Waterproofing coordination.
  • Required access provisions.
  • Leak-free condition.

7.15.24 Hold Point Before Concealment

Do not conceal wall-mounted faucet bodies or associated connections until required inspection and testing are complete.

Preclosure Hold Point Required: [Yes / No].

7.15.25 Finished-Wall Opening

Prepare finished-wall openings to the size and shape required for the selected trim, spout, sensor, controls, and service components.

Openings shall be fully covered by the approved trim without compromising support, waterproofing, or service access.

7.15.26 Finished-Wall Protection

Protect tile, stone, glass, panels, coatings, mirrors, and adjacent finished surfaces during trim and spout installation.

Use clean, nonabrasive coverings and tools suitable for the finish material.

7.15.27 Trim Assembly

Install trim plates, escutcheons, sleeves, wall flanges, decorative covers, and sensor trim in the required sequence.

Confirm trim components match the approved finish and exact faucet configuration.

7.15.28 Trim Coverage

Verify trim fully covers the intended finished-wall opening and adjacent edge conditions.

Do not use trim to conceal excessive openings, damaged finishes, missing waterproofing, inadequate support, or unacceptable rough-in depth.

7.15.29 Trim Seating

Seat trim uniformly against the finished wall without rocking, distortion, visible gaps, trapped debris, or uneven gasket compression.

Correct wall irregularities or rough-in alignment rather than forcing trim into place.

7.15.30 Trim Sealing

Install factory gaskets and apply compatible sealant where required by approved details or manufacturer instructions.

Do not block intended drainage or service openings with sealant.

7.15.31 Spout Installation

Install the wall-mounted spout without cross-threading, scratching, bending, or loading the concealed faucet body.

Use approved installation tools and protective methods for decorative surfaces.

7.15.32 Spout Engagement

Engage the spout with the concealed connection to the depth and orientation required by the selected system.

Verify locking screws, retaining devices, seals, and internal connections are fully installed and secure.

7.15.33 Spout Projection

Verify final spout projection from the finished wall is consistent with the approved model and basin geometry.

Required Spout Projection: [Insert approved dimension].

7.15.34 Spout-to-Basin Relationship

Confirm the outlet is positioned within the intended basin capture area and provides adequate hand-washing clearance.

Condition Acceptance Requirement
Outlet Reach Water enters the usable basin area.
Outlet Height Provides hand clearance without excessive splash potential.
Drain Relationship Avoids objectionable noise and splash where practical.
Rear Basin Surface Stream does not strike a surface likely to cause splash-out.

7.15.35 Spout Alignment

Align the spout with the basin centerline and architectural control lines.

Maintain consistent projection, elevation, and orientation across repetitive installations.

7.15.36 Sensor Installation

Install integrated or separate sensor assemblies in the approved position and orientation.

Protect sensor windows from scratches, sealant, fingerprints, paint, dust, and adhesive residue.

7.15.37 Sensor Orientation

Orient the sensor toward the intended hand-washing zone and away from mirrors, adjacent fixtures, public traffic, reflective surfaces, and unintended activation areas.

Final range setting and calibration shall occur after electrical connection and startup.

7.15.38 Separate Sensor Openings

Where the sensor is separate from the spout, verify opening spacing, trim coverage, cable routing, sensor angle, and relationship to the basin.

Maintain visual alignment between the sensor, spout, basin, and adjacent installations.

7.15.39 Concealed Wiring

Route sensor and control wiring through approved sleeves, conduits, protected openings, or wall cavities.

Protect wiring from sharp edges, fasteners, moisture, excessive heat, abrasion, and strain.

7.15.40 Connector Access

Maintain access to detachable connectors, control interfaces, and service points where required by the selected system.

Do not permanently bury connectors in inaccessible wall cavities unless specifically permitted by the approved system design.

7.15.41 Service Access

Provide access to concealed serviceable components through approved access panels, removable trim, service openings, cabinets, or adjacent accessible spaces.

Maintain service access to:

Shutoff valves
Filters and strainers
Check valves
Solenoid valves
Control modules
Power components
Mixing devices
Detachable connectors

7.15.42 Access-Panel Size

Size and locate access panels to permit inspection, adjustment, component removal, and reconnection without destructive work.

Confirm the access opening remains usable after casework, mirrors, accessories, furnishings, and other construction are installed.

7.15.43 Mirror Coordination

Coordinate faucet trim, sensor field, access panels, and service openings with mirror dimensions and installation.

Do not conceal required service access behind permanently installed mirrors unless the approved mirror system is removable for service.

7.15.44 Adjacent Accessory Coordination

Maintain required separation from soap dispensers, mirrors, shelves, hand dryers, partitions, towel dispensers, lighting, and other wall-mounted equipment.

Confirm adjacent devices do not obstruct faucet use, sensor detection, cleaning, trim removal, or service access.

7.15.45 Accessibility Coordination

Coordinate faucet elevation, basin position, hands-free activation, reach, clear floor space, knee clearance, and toe clearance with applicable project accessibility requirements.

The faucet installation alone does not establish compliance; verify the complete lavatory assembly where ADA or ICC A117.1 provisions apply.

7.15.46 Gang-Lavatory Installation

For multiple wall-mounted faucets, maintain uniform elevation, projection, centerline spacing, trim alignment, sensor orientation, and service access.

Verify adjacent sensor fields can be calibrated without cross-activation or interference.

7.15.47 Exposed Wall-Mounted Assemblies

Where piping, brackets, valves, or electronic components remain exposed, install them level, plumb, secure, orderly, and protected from impact.

Coordinate exposed components with cleaning access, public contact, accessibility clearances, finish requirements, and tamper resistance.

7.15.48 Tamper Resistance

Install tamper-resistant fasteners, concealed retainers, security covers, or protected access provisions where required by the Contract Documents.

Maintain Owner access to required service tools and instructions.

7.15.49 Finish Cleaning

Remove fingerprints, installation residue, and excess approved sealant using materials compatible with the faucet and wall finishes.

Do not use abrasive pads, acidic cleaners, harsh solvents, metal tools, or unapproved chemical compounds.

7.15.50 Post-Installation Protection

Protect installed spouts, sensors, trim, wall finishes, and access panels from impact, dust, paint, chemicals, construction tools, and unauthorized operation.

Do not apply adhesive tape directly to decorative finishes or sensor windows.

7.15.51 Prohibited Wall-Mount Practices

  • Mounting to finish materials without structural backing.
  • Setting concealed bodies outside the approved rough-in range.
  • Using piping to support or align the faucet body.
  • Closing walls before required inspection and leak testing.
  • Damaging waterproofing without approved restoration.
  • Forcing trim onto misaligned concealed components.
  • Using oversized trim to conceal deficient openings.
  • Cross-threading or modifying the spout connection.
  • Permanently burying serviceable connectors or controls.
  • Obstructing access panels with mirrors or accessories.
  • Reducing required accessibility clearances.
  • Energizing or pressurizing incomplete assemblies.

7.15.52 Initial Wall-Mount Inspection

Inspect each wall-mounted faucet before final hydraulic and electrical startup.

  • Verify correct model, finish, and configuration.
  • Verify concealed body support and rough-in depth.
  • Verify trim fully covers the intended opening.
  • Verify spout projection and alignment.
  • Verify the outlet aligns with the basin capture area.
  • Verify sensor orientation is acceptable.
  • Verify concealed and exposed components are stable.
  • Verify waterproofing and wall seals are complete.
  • Verify service access remains available.
  • Verify finishes and sensor windows are undamaged.

7.15.53 Installation Deficiencies

Incorrect rough-in depth
Loose concealed body
Misaligned spout
Incorrect spout projection
Uneven trim seating
Insufficient trim coverage
Damaged waterproofing
Restricted service access
Sensor misorientation
Finish damage

7.15.54 Corrective Work

Realign, remount, resupport, reseal, repair, replace, or reposition deficient components using approved methods.

Replace damaged gaskets, trim, spouts, sensors, fasteners, connectors, wall finishes, or waterproofing materials as required.

Reinspect corrected work before releasing the system for startup and commissioning.

7.15.55 Wall-Mounted Faucet Installation Record

Installation Item Status Measurement or Comments
Correct model, finish, and configuration verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Structural backing and support verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Rough-in depth verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert dimension]
Concealed body level, plumb, and secure [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Preclosure inspection completed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert date]
Concealed connections leak-free [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Waterproofing restored and accepted [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Trim coverage and seating acceptable [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Spout projection verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert dimension]
Spout aligned with basin capture area [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Sensor orientation acceptable [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Wiring and connectors protected [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Service access maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Accessibility coordination verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Faucet and wall finishes undamaged [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Wall-mounted faucet released for connection and startup [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.15.56 Completion of Wall-Mounted Faucet Installation

Wall-mounted faucet installation is complete when concealed and exposed components are securely supported, correctly positioned, properly sealed, aligned with the basin, accessible for service, and free from damage.

Maintain completed preclosure and final installation records with project quality-control, inspection, testing, and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.15 — Wall-Mounted Faucet Installation Part 7.16 — Control Module and Solenoid Placement will address component location, mounting orientation, hydraulic flow direction, moisture protection, service clearances, support, cable access, heat separation, accessibility coordination, and final placement inspection.
Primary Components Controller and Solenoid
Primary Responsibility Qualified Installing Contractor
Critical Coordination Flow, Power, Access, Moisture
Acceptance Basis Secure, Accessible, Protected
Specifier Note Control modules and solenoid valves shall not be treated as loose under-counter accessories. Require permanent support, correct hydraulic orientation, protected electrical connections, service access, and separation from anticipated leakage, condensation, heat, moving casework, and required accessibility clearances.

7.16.1 General

Install control modules, solenoid valves, electronic enclosures, gateways, battery holders, transformers, communication devices, and related components in accordance with approved product data and model-specific instructions.

Locate components to support reliable hydraulic and electronic operation, orderly connection, future maintenance, safe access, moisture protection, and compliance with approved architectural and accessibility arrangements.

Do not leave control modules, solenoids, or associated components unsecured, suspended from hoses or wiring, exposed to uncontrolled moisture, or inaccessible after completion of adjacent work.

7.16.2 Applicable Components

Electronic control modules
Solenoid valves
Battery holders and packs
Transformers and power supplies
Communication gateways
Diagnostic interfaces
Connector junctions
Component mounting brackets

7.16.3 Approved Configuration

Verify that each control module and solenoid matches the approved faucet model, sensor type, power arrangement, supply configuration, and communication system.

Do not interchange components between faucet models, power systems, or control platforms solely because connectors or housings appear similar.

7.16.4 Component Identification

Maintain manufacturer identification, wiring labels, flow arrows, voltage markings, model designations, serial references, and diagnostic information.

Position installed components so required identification remains legible without destructive removal.

7.16.5 Placement Planning

Lay out the complete below-deck or concealed component arrangement before fastening individual components.

Coordinate placement with:

Faucet shank and hoses
Supply stops and branch piping
Mixing valves
Drain and trap assemblies
Casework framing and shelves
Electrical connection points
Access panels
Required accessibility clearances

7.16.6 Manufacturer Orientation Requirements

Install components in the orientation indicated by manufacturer instructions, housing markings, flow arrows, wiring diagrams, and mounting details.

Do not rotate, invert, or mount components in alternate orientations unless model-specific documentation permits the arrangement.

7.16.7 Control-Module Location

Locate the control module within the permitted cable and hose reach of connected components.

Position the module so indicator lights, reset functions, programming interfaces, labels, and detachable connectors remain accessible where included.

7.16.8 Control-Module Mounting

Secure the control module using the approved bracket, mounting holes, clips, enclosure supports, or fasteners.

Mount to sound material capable of maintaining the component in position during use, service, cable connection, and nearby maintenance work.

7.16.9 Control-Module Accessibility

Provide sufficient access for inspection, reset, programming, connector removal, cleaning, diagnostic review, and replacement.

Do not locate the module behind permanently fixed shelves, inaccessible liners, sealed wall finishes, or unrelated equipment.

7.16.10 Solenoid Location

Locate the solenoid between the prepared supply and faucet inlet in the sequence shown on approved hydraulic diagrams.

Position the valve to permit connection without sharp hose bends, forced alignment, excessive fittings, or loading of valve ports.

7.16.11 Solenoid Flow Direction

Install the solenoid with the flow arrow or inlet and outlet markings aligned with the intended direction of water flow.

Do not reverse the solenoid to accommodate improper rough plumbing or hose routing.

7.16.12 Solenoid Orientation

Maintain the approved solenoid body and coil orientation.

Where multiple mounting positions are permitted, select the position providing the best access, drainage protection, hose routing, and connector clearance.

7.16.13 Solenoid Support

Support the solenoid independently where required by the selected system.

Do not permit solenoid weight to be carried by electrical leads, sensor cables, unsupported flexible hoses, or faucet inlet tubing.

7.16.14 Valve-Port Protection

Keep protective caps on solenoid ports until the associated hydraulic connection is ready for immediate assembly.

Prevent dust, sealant, metal particles, packing fibers, water contamination, and construction debris from entering the valve.

7.16.15 Valve-Body Stress

Align connected piping, adapters, and hoses so the solenoid body is not subjected to bending, twisting, compression, or cantilever loading.

Correct rough-in alignment rather than using the solenoid body to pull connections into position.

7.16.16 Hydraulic Sequence

Component Typical Coordination Requirement
Isolation Stop Locate upstream and maintain service access.
Strainer or Filter Install in approved sequence and orientation.
Mixing Device Install where applicable with accessible adjustment.
Solenoid Valve Align with flow direction and support as required.
Faucet Inlet Connect without hose stress or contamination.

7.16.17 Filter and Strainer Relationship

Install filters and strainers in the approved relationship to the solenoid valve.

Maintain access for removal and cleaning without disconnecting unrelated electronic components or exposing them to uncontrolled water.

7.16.18 Check-Valve Relationship

Where check valves are included, verify correct placement, flow direction, service access, and compatibility with the solenoid and mixing arrangement.

Do not conceal serviceable check valves behind inaccessible construction.

7.16.19 Mixing-Valve Relationship

Where a mixing or temperature-limiting device is included, coordinate its position with the solenoid, supply stops, filters, and faucet inlet.

Provide access for adjustment, temperature verification, cleaning, and replacement.

7.16.20 Moisture Exposure

Locate control modules and electrical connectors away from anticipated leakage, trap joints, supply connections, filter housings, drain assemblies, and areas subject to standing water.

Where complete separation is not practical, provide the approved mounting elevation, enclosure orientation, covers, drip protection, or barriers.

7.16.21 Condensation Protection

Protect electronic components from condensation originating at cold-water piping, mixing devices, valves, structural surfaces, or unconditioned cavities.

Complete required insulation, vapor protection, separation, or relocation before energizing the system.

7.16.22 Drip Loops

Provide cable drip loops where required by manufacturer instructions or where routing may permit moisture migration toward connectors or control enclosures.

Arrange loops without creating unsupported cable weight, entanglement, or interference with service access.

7.16.23 Enclosure Orientation

Maintain the enclosure orientation required to preserve connector position, drainage behavior, cover fit, environmental protection, and access.

Install covers, seals, grommets, and closures before startup.

7.16.24 Heat Separation

Maintain separation from hot-water piping, heating equipment, lighting components, transformers, and other heat sources where heat may affect electronic performance or service life.

Do not enclose electronic components in unventilated spaces where operating temperatures may exceed approved limits.

7.16.25 Chemical Exposure

Protect control modules, solenoids, wiring, connectors, labels, and enclosures from cleaning chemicals, solvents, adhesives, sealants, paint, corrosive vapors, and stored maintenance products.

Do not locate electronic assemblies where routine chemical storage may result in leakage or vapor exposure.

7.16.26 Impact Protection

Locate and support components to prevent impact from stored items, carts, cleaning tools, cabinet contents, access-panel removal, and maintenance activities.

Provide approved guards or protected mounting locations where exposure cannot otherwise be avoided.

7.16.27 Moving Casework

Maintain clearance from drawers, doors, hinges, slides, removable shelves, waste containers, and other movable casework components.

Operate moving components through their full travel to verify that they do not strike, pinch, disconnect, or obstruct faucet-system components.

7.16.28 Drain and Trap Clearance

Maintain sufficient clearance from drain strainers, tailpieces, traps, cleanouts, overflow connections, and waste piping.

Placement shall permit drainage maintenance without unnecessary removal or damage to control components.

7.16.29 Accessibility Clearances

Position below-deck components outside required knee and toe clearances where applicable.

Coordinate the complete assembly with approved ADA and ICC A117.1 details, including piping protection and accessible service arrangements where applicable.

7.16.30 Component Elevation

Mount control modules and electrical components above the cabinet floor or other surfaces where incidental water may accumulate.

Minimum Component Elevation: [Insert project requirement] or as required by approved manufacturer instructions.

7.16.31 Mounting Surface

Mount components on clean, dry, stable, noncorroded surfaces capable of retaining fasteners and maintaining alignment.

Do not mount directly to loose liners, deteriorated casework, wet substrates, unsupported panels, or surfaces subject to frequent removal.

7.16.32 Mounting Hardware

Use manufacturer-provided or approved brackets, clips, fasteners, anchors, rails, or supports.

Select field-provided fasteners, where permitted, for compatibility with the mounting surface, component weight, moisture exposure, and corrosion conditions.

7.16.33 Fastener Installation

Install fasteners without damaging the component housing, internal electronics, concealed utilities, waterproofing, casework finish, or structural support.

Tighten sufficiently to prevent movement without cracking or distorting the enclosure.

7.16.34 Vibration Control

Secure components to prevent objectionable vibration, rattling, contact noise, or progressive loosening during solenoid operation and water flow.

Use approved isolation materials where required without obstructing ventilation, grounding, drainage, or service access.

7.16.35 Solenoid Noise Coordination

Avoid mounting solenoid valves directly against resonant panels, thin casework surfaces, or building elements likely to amplify operational sound.

Investigate abnormal buzzing, chattering, impact noise, or repeated cycling before final acceptance.

7.16.36 Cable Reach

Locate modules within the reach of factory cables and approved extension components.

Do not stretch cables, splice factory leads, or relocate components beyond the approved connection range without written authorization.

7.16.37 Cable Routing

Route cables to avoid:

  • Sharp edges.
  • Pinch points.
  • Standing water.
  • Hot piping.
  • Moving drawers or doors.
  • Drain-maintenance zones.
  • Uncontrolled tension.
  • Unapproved power-conductor pathways.

7.16.38 Cable Support

Support cables using approved clips, ties, channels, sleeves, or fasteners that do not crush insulation or damage conductors.

Maintain sufficient slack for connection and service without leaving uncontrolled loops.

7.16.39 Connector Accessibility

Position detachable connectors so they can be inspected, disconnected, reconnected, and tested without removing permanent construction.

Do not bury plug connections within inaccessible wall cavities, sealed casework, or behind permanently fixed finishes unless specifically approved.

7.16.40 Connector Protection

Keep connectors clean, dry, aligned, and protected until final connection.

Do not apply lubricants, sealants, tapes, compounds, or cleaning chemicals to connectors unless specifically permitted.

7.16.41 Strain Relief

Provide approved strain relief at control-module, solenoid, transformer, sensor, communication, and power connections.

Connector bodies shall not support cable weight or sustained pulling force.

7.16.42 Electromagnetic Interference Coordination

Maintain separation from equipment, conductors, motors, transformers, communication devices, or other sources where interference may affect the selected electronic system.

Follow model-specific separation and cable-routing requirements where provided.

7.16.43 Power-Component Relationship

Coordinate control-module placement with battery packs, transformers, power supplies, receptacles, low-voltage junctions, and shared power systems.

Maintain required ventilation, access, conductor separation, enclosure orientation, and replacement clearance.

7.16.44 Battery-Holder Placement

Where battery power is used, locate the battery holder in a dry, accessible position that permits battery replacement without disconnecting hydraulic components.

Do not locate battery holders on cabinet floors, directly beneath leak points, or where batteries may contact metal tools or stored chemicals.

7.16.45 Transformer Placement

Where transformers or power supplies are included, mount them in the approved location with required access, ventilation, electrical protection, and separation from water.

Coordinate line-voltage portions with Division 26 requirements and qualified electrical personnel.

7.16.46 Networked-System Components

Where networked or smart-fixture functions are selected, locate gateways, communication modules, antennas, and interface devices in accordance with approved system requirements.

Maintain access for addressing, pairing, diagnostic review, firmware service, and communication testing where applicable.

7.16.47 Gang-Lavatory Placement

For multiple faucets, organize components by fixture identification and maintain consistent placement where field conditions permit.

Prevent mixing of control modules, solenoids, cables, battery packs, and communication addresses between adjacent fixtures.

7.16.48 Shared-System Components

Where multiple faucets share a transformer, gateway, controller, or other common component, verify capacity, addressing, circuit organization, labeling, and service access.

Arrange shared components so maintenance on one fixture does not unnecessarily disable unrelated fixtures where the approved design permits independent operation.

7.16.49 Component Labeling

Label components and associated cables where required to identify the served faucet, circuit, power source, communication address, or fixture designation.

Use durable labels suitable for the environment and position them where they remain visible during maintenance.

7.16.50 Tamper Protection

Provide tamper-resistant fasteners, protected enclosures, secured access panels, or concealed placement where required by the Contract Documents.

Maintain authorized maintenance access and provide required service tools at closeout.

7.16.51 Prohibited Placement Practices

  • Leaving control modules or solenoids loose on cabinet floors.
  • Suspending components from wires, connectors, or flexible hoses.
  • Installing the solenoid opposite the indicated flow direction.
  • Mounting electronic components directly beneath likely leak points.
  • Locating components within required knee or toe clearance.
  • Obstructing drawers, doors, traps, shutoff valves, or access panels.
  • Stretching factory wiring to reach an improperly located module.
  • Burying serviceable connectors in inaccessible construction.
  • Using unapproved brackets, adhesives, splices, or extension cables.
  • Mounting components in orientations not permitted by manufacturer instructions.
  • Exposing components to uncontrolled heat, chemicals, or condensation.
  • Energizing or pressurizing incomplete assemblies.

7.16.52 Initial Placement Inspection

Inspect control-module and solenoid placement before final hydraulic connection and electrical startup.

  • Verify correct components and fixture identification.
  • Verify solenoid flow direction.
  • Verify component orientation.
  • Verify mounting hardware and support.
  • Verify hydraulic ports remain clean and protected.
  • Verify cable reach and routing.
  • Verify connector access and strain relief.
  • Verify moisture, condensation, heat, and impact protection.
  • Verify service and accessibility clearances.
  • Verify labels remain visible.

7.16.53 Placement Deficiencies

Reversed solenoid
Unsupported component
Incorrect orientation
Restricted service access
Insufficient cable reach
Unprotected connector
Exposure to leakage
Condensation exposure
Casework interference
Accessibility conflict

7.16.54 Corrective Work

Relocate, reorient, remount, support, protect, label, or replace deficient components using approved methods.

Replace damaged valve bodies, coils, modules, enclosures, brackets, connectors, cables, seals, or labels rather than concealing deficiencies.

Reinspect corrected work before hydraulic connection, power connection, and startup.

7.16.55 Placement Verification Record

Verification Item Status Comments or Corrective Action
Correct control module and solenoid verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Fixture identification maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Solenoid flow direction correct [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Component orientation compliant [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Control module securely mounted [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Solenoid adequately supported [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hydraulic sequence verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Valve ports clean and protected [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Cable reach and routing acceptable [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Connectors accessible and protected [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Strain relief provided [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Moisture and condensation protection verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Heat and chemical separation verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Casework and drain clearance maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Accessibility clearances maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Service access maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Placement released for connection [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.16.56 Completion of Control Module and Solenoid Placement

Control-module and solenoid placement is complete when each component is correctly identified, oriented, supported, protected, accessible, coordinated with hydraulic and electrical systems, and ready for final connection.

Maintain completed placement records with project quality-control, installation, testing, and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.16 — Control Module and Solenoid Placement Part 7.17 — Water-Supply Connections will address connection sequencing, approved adapters, thread and gasket preparation, flexible connectors, tightening, support, controlled pressurization, leak inspection, and final hydraulic-connection verification.
Execution Stage Final Hydraulic Connection
Primary Responsibility Qualified Plumbing Installer
Connection Basis Clean, Compatible, Supported
Acceptance Condition Pressurized and Leak-Free
Specifier Note Complete supply flushing and connection-point cleaning before attaching solenoids, filters, check valves, mixing devices, or faucet waterways. Do not use permanent low-flow components to capture construction debris, and do not pressurize an incomplete hydraulic assembly.

7.17.1 General

Connect commercial touchless faucet systems to prepared potable-water supplies in accordance with approved product data, model-specific instructions, hydraulic diagrams, accepted rough-in conditions, and applicable Contract Documents.

Provide complete connections from the local isolation stop or approved supply point through applicable filters, strainers, check valves, mixing devices, solenoid valves, flexible connectors, and faucet inlets.

Complete all connections using clean components, compatible fittings, approved sealing methods, proper alignment, adequate support, and serviceable arrangements.

7.17.2 Connection Readiness

Do not begin final hydraulic connection until the following conditions have been verified:

Supply piping flushed
Connection points clean
Water isolated
Residual pressure relieved
Components correctly positioned
Flow direction confirmed
Required seals available
Drainage ready for testing

7.17.3 Approved Hydraulic Configuration

Verify the proposed connection sequence matches the approved hydraulic configuration for the exact faucet model and water-supply arrangement.

Do not rearrange filters, check valves, mixing devices, solenoids, flow controls, or isolation devices unless permitted by approved manufacturer documentation.

7.17.4 Typical Connection Sequence

Sequence Component or Activity Primary Verification
1 Local isolation stop Accessible, operable, and closed.
2 Filter or strainer Correct orientation and clean screen.
3 Mixing or limiting device Where applicable, correct hot, cold, and mixed ports.
4 Check valve Flow arrow and accessibility.
5 Solenoid valve Inlet, outlet, orientation, and support.
6 Faucet inlet connection Clean, compatible, and unstressed.

7.17.5 Component Identification

Verify each hydraulic component belongs to the designated faucet and installation location.

Maintain fixture identification throughout assembly to prevent mixing hoses, solenoids, filters, adapters, or temperature-control components between adjacent faucets.

7.17.6 Potable-Water Compatibility

Use fittings, connectors, seals, adapters, valves, and other wetted components suitable for the intended potable-water application.

Do not introduce unapproved lubricants, compounds, temporary fittings, or materials into the potable-water path.

7.17.7 Connection Size

Verify supply, adapter, hose, valve, and faucet-inlet connection sizes before assembly.

Do not force mismatched connections or use excessive adapter combinations to compensate for an incorrect rough-in.

7.17.8 Connection Type

Confirm each joint uses the intended connection method.

Tapered pipe thread
Straight mechanical thread
Compression connection
Gasketed swivel connection
Union connection
Model-specific quick connection

7.17.9 Adapter Selection

Use approved adapters compatible with the supply fitting, faucet component, thread form, pressure, temperature, material, and service environment.

Limit adapter quantity to that required by the approved configuration and maintain access for inspection and tightening.

7.17.10 Dissimilar Materials

Provide approved transition fittings, isolation materials, or other protective measures where dissimilar metals or incompatible connection materials are joined.

Do not create a connection arrangement likely to accelerate corrosion or compromise future serviceability.

7.17.11 Connection-Point Inspection

Inspect each mating connection immediately before assembly.

Threads undamaged
Gasket seat clean
Compression surface smooth
Port free from debris
Seal correctly sized
Flow marking visible

7.17.12 Protective-Cap Removal

Remove caps, plugs, and port covers only when the associated connection is ready for immediate assembly.

Reinstall clean protection where connection work is interrupted.

7.17.13 Internal Cleanliness

Maintain clean internal waterways throughout connection work.

Prevent entry of:

  • Metal filings.
  • Pipe scale.
  • Loose thread sealant.
  • Dust and grit.
  • Packing fibers.
  • Sealant and adhesive.
  • Oil and cleaning chemicals.
  • Nonpotable water.

7.17.14 Threaded Connections

Start threaded connections by hand where practical to verify correct engagement and prevent cross-threading.

Do not force damaged, incompatible, contaminated, or misaligned threads.

7.17.15 Thread-Sealing Materials

Apply approved thread-sealing material only to connections requiring sealant.

Use materials compatible with potable-water service, connected metals, pressure, temperature, and manufacturer requirements.

Do not apply thread sealant to gasketed, compression, flare, or factory quick-connect joints unless specifically instructed.

7.17.16 Thread-Sealant Application

Apply sealing material in a controlled manner that prevents migration into the waterway.

Remove loose, frayed, excessive, or displaced sealing material before assembly.

7.17.17 Gasketed Connections

Install the correct gasket, washer, O-ring, or sealing insert at each gasketed connection.

Ensure the seal is clean, correctly seated, undamaged, and not displaced during tightening.

7.17.18 Seal Reuse

Do not reuse seals that are cut, flattened, twisted, hardened, swollen, contaminated, or otherwise unsuitable for reliable reconnection.

Replace disturbed seals where model-specific instructions require new sealing components after disassembly.

7.17.19 Compression Connections

Assemble compression fittings with correctly sized tubing, ferrules, nuts, and mating surfaces.

Do not use damaged, out-of-round, deeply scratched, contaminated, or improperly cut tubing at compression joints.

7.17.20 Quick-Connect Fittings

Insert model-specific quick-connect fittings fully and verify required locking clips, retainers, seals, and release guards are installed.

Perform the manufacturer-recommended engagement check before pressurization.

7.17.21 Union Connections

Align union faces and seals before tightening.

Do not use the union nut to pull misaligned piping, hoses, or valve bodies into position.

7.17.22 Connection Alignment

Align mating components before tightening so the completed joint is not subjected to sustained bending, twisting, compression, or tension.

Correct rough-in or component placement rather than forcing connections together.

7.17.23 Counter-Holding

Counter-hold valves, adapters, stops, solenoids, faucet inlets, and other components during tightening where necessary to prevent rotation or damage.

Do not transfer tightening torque into unsupported piping, faucet shanks, coils, control housings, or concealed connections.

7.17.24 Tightening

Tighten connections in accordance with approved manufacturer instructions and fitting requirements.

Specified Connection Torque: [Insert approved value where provided] or tighten in accordance with model-specific instructions.

Use calibrated torque tools where required by the Contract Documents or manufacturer instructions.

7.17.25 Overtightening Prevention

Do not overtighten connections where doing so may:

  • Crack valve or adapter bodies.
  • Strip or deform threads.
  • Extrude or cut gaskets.
  • Crush flexible connectors.
  • Distort compression ferrules.
  • Rotate the solenoid or mixing device.
  • Transfer load into the faucet body.
  • Damage plated or coated finishes.

7.17.26 Undertightening Prevention

Tighten connections sufficiently to maintain seal engagement and resist loosening during pressure cycling, solenoid operation, routine service, and adjacent maintenance.

Reinspect joints after initial pressurization and operational testing.

7.17.27 Isolation-Stop Connection

Connect the faucet assembly to the designated local isolation stop without obstructing valve operation or future replacement.

Maintain access to the valve handle, operating stem, connection nut, filter screen, and service components where included.

7.17.28 Filter and Strainer Connections

Install filters and strainers after upstream flushing is complete.

Verify screen, cartridge, housing, gasket, cap, flow direction, and service clearance.

Do not use the permanent filter as the primary collector for construction debris.

7.17.29 Check-Valve Connections

Install check valves in the approved direction and sequence where selected system components include them.

Maintain access for inspection, cleaning, testing, and replacement.

7.17.30 Mixing-Device Connections

Connect hot, cold, and mixed-water ports to the correctly identified supplies and outlet.

Install required check valves, strainers, isolation provisions, and service fittings in accordance with the approved configuration.

Do not compensate for reversed supplies by altering labeled mixing-device connections unless expressly permitted.

7.17.31 Solenoid Connections

Connect the solenoid inlet and outlet in the indicated flow direction.

Counter-hold the valve body where required and prevent torque from transferring to the coil, electrical connector, bracket, or faucet tubing.

Verify the solenoid remains correctly supported and oriented after connection.

7.17.32 Faucet-Inlet Connection

Connect the final hydraulic line to the faucet inlet without twisting the faucet body, mounting shank, internal tubing, or sensor assembly.

Verify the connection is accessible and does not interfere with mounting hardware, wiring, basin components, or drain assemblies.

7.17.33 Flexible-Connector Condition

Before connection, verify flexible connectors are:

Correct type and length
Clean internally
Free from cuts
Free from abrasion
Free from kinks
Provided with correct seals

7.17.34 Flexible-Connector Alignment

Align swivel nuts and gasketed hose connections squarely with mating fittings before tightening.

Do not use the connector to pull misaligned valves or fittings into position.

7.17.35 Flexible-Connector Support

Route and support flexible connectors so their weight does not load valve ports, faucet inlets, threaded adapters, or solenoid bodies.

Detailed hose-routing requirements shall comply with Part 7.18.

7.17.36 Connection Accessibility

Maintain access to final hydraulic joints for inspection, retightening, isolation, disassembly, and replacement.

Do not conceal serviceable connections behind permanently fixed casework, wall finishes, liners, insulation, or unrelated equipment.

7.17.37 Component Support After Connection

Verify valves, filters, mixing devices, solenoids, adapters, hoses, and connected piping remain independently supported after assembly.

Connections shall not be used as structural supports for adjacent components.

7.17.38 Hydraulic Clearance

Maintain clearance from:

Sharp edges
Electrical components
Moving casework
Hot surfaces
Drain-maintenance zones
Required accessibility clearances

7.17.39 Electrical Protection During Connection

Protect control modules, connectors, batteries, transformers, wiring, and communication devices from residual water and connection leakage.

Do not energize the system during hydraulic connection unless specifically required by an approved test procedure.

7.17.40 Prepressurization Inspection

Before opening water supplies, verify:

  • Every required hydraulic connection is complete.
  • Protective plugs and temporary bypass fittings have been removed where required.
  • All seals and gaskets are installed.
  • Flow arrows are correctly oriented.
  • Connection nuts and fittings are properly tightened.
  • Hoses are free from kinks and stress.
  • Valves and components are supported.
  • Open ports are capped or connected.
  • Electrical components are protected from water.
  • The basin and drain are ready to receive water.

7.17.41 Controlled Pressurization

Open the local isolation stop gradually to pressurize the completed hydraulic assembly.

Observe connections continuously during initial pressurization.

Avoid rapid valve opening that may cause surge, water hammer, hose movement, seal displacement, or uncontrolled leakage.

7.17.42 Static Leak Inspection

Inspect all accessible hydraulic joints under static pressure before initiating faucet operation.

Check:

Isolation-stop connection
Filter housing
Mixing-device ports
Check-valve joints
Solenoid inlet and outlet
Faucet-inlet connection

7.17.43 Dynamic Leak Inspection

Inspect connections during repeated faucet activation after electrical startup.

Observe joints during opening, flow, shutoff, pressure recovery, and repeated operating cycles.

7.17.44 Leak-Detection Method

Use visual inspection, clean dry wipes, absorbent indicators, or other approved noncontaminating methods to identify leakage.

Do not use chemical leak-detection compounds unless compatible with potable-water components, finishes, seals, and electronic equipment.

7.17.45 Connection Leakage

Where leakage is observed, close the applicable isolation stop, relieve pressure, protect electrical components, and correct the joint.

Do not tighten a leaking connection under pressure unless the fitting manufacturer and approved procedure specifically permit the practice.

7.17.46 Leak Correction

Correct leaking joints by:

  • Disassembling and cleaning the connection.
  • Replacing damaged seals or gaskets.
  • Replacing damaged fittings or hoses.
  • Correcting alignment or support.
  • Reapplying approved thread sealant where required.
  • Retightening in accordance with approved instructions.

Repressurize and reinspect corrected joints.

7.17.47 Pressure Stability

Observe the connected system for pressure-related hose movement, joint rotation, abnormal vibration, chattering, water hammer, or component displacement.

Correct unstable supply conditions before final acceptance.

7.17.48 Connection Noise

Investigate abnormal buzzing, whistling, rattling, impact noise, or vibration occurring at hydraulic joints, valves, filters, solenoids, or supply stops.

Confirm components are correctly oriented, supported, fully opened where required, and free from debris.

7.17.49 Connection Protection

Protect completed connections from impact, chemicals, paint, stored materials, cabinet contents, moving casework, and unauthorized adjustment.

Protection shall not conceal leakage or prevent required inspection and testing.

7.17.50 Accessibility Coordination

Arrange water-supply connections and components outside required knee and toe clearances where applicable.

Coordinate insulation, protective covers, valves, hoses, and fittings with applicable ADA and ICC A117.1 project requirements.

7.17.51 Gang-Lavatory Connections

For multiple faucets, maintain orderly and consistent hydraulic arrangements while preserving individual isolation and service access where required by the approved design.

Verify each hose, valve, filter, solenoid, and mixing connection serves the correct faucet.

7.17.52 Shared-Supply Arrangements

Where multiple faucets are served from a common branch or manifold, verify branch sizing, individual isolation, balanced supply conditions, connection identification, and service access.

Do not create unapproved common connections that permit crossflow or prevent individual fixture maintenance.

7.17.53 Prohibited Connection Practices

  • Connecting to unflushed or contaminated piping.
  • Forcing incompatible thread forms together.
  • Applying sealant to gasketed connections without authorization.
  • Reusing damaged or unsuitable seals.
  • Using excessive adapter assemblies.
  • Reversing a solenoid or check valve.
  • Using hoses to pull components into alignment.
  • Allowing connections to support component weight.
  • Pressurizing incomplete hydraulic assemblies.
  • Leaving leaking joints in service.
  • Concealing untested connections.
  • Reducing required service or accessibility clearances.

7.17.54 Connection Deficiencies

Cross-threaded fitting
Damaged gasket
Incorrect adapter
Reversed flow component
Connection under stress
Unsupported valve or hose
Static leakage
Dynamic leakage
Restricted service access
Accessibility conflict

7.17.55 Final Hydraulic Inspection

Before releasing the connected system for startup and calibration, verify:

  • All required connections are complete.
  • Connection sequence matches the approved configuration.
  • Flow directions are correct.
  • Seals and gaskets are correctly installed.
  • Threaded and mechanical joints are properly tightened.
  • Hoses and components are free from stress.
  • All components remain supported and accessible.
  • Static and dynamic leak inspections have passed.
  • Electrical components remain dry and protected.
  • Accessibility clearances remain compliant where applicable.

7.17.56 Water-Supply Connection Record

Connection Item Status Comments or Corrective Action
Supply flushing and preparation verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hydraulic configuration verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Connection sizes and types compatible [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Approved adapters installed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Threads and sealing surfaces clean [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Required gaskets and seals installed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Flow arrows and port orientation correct [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Connections tightened correctly [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Components independently supported [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hoses free from stress and kinks [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Controlled pressurization completed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Static leak inspection passed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Dynamic leak inspection passed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Service access maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Accessibility clearances maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hydraulic system released for startup [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.17.57 Completion of Water-Supply Connections

Water-supply connection work is complete when the approved hydraulic arrangement has been assembled with compatible components, correctly oriented, properly sealed, adequately supported, gradually pressurized, and verified free from leakage.

Maintain connection, pressure, leak-inspection, deficiency, and release records with project quality-control, installation, testing, and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.17 — Water-Supply Connections Part 7.18 — Flexible Hose Routing will address hose length, bend radius, twisting, abrasion, support, movement, separation from heat and wiring, casework interference, accessibility clearances, inspection, and final routing acceptance.
Execution Stage Hydraulic Installation
Primary Responsibility Qualified Plumbing Installer
Routing Objective Relaxed, Protected, Serviceable
Acceptance Condition Unrestricted and Leak-Free
Specifier Note Flexible hoses shall accommodate connection and service without becoming structural supports. Require relaxed routing with no twisting, kinking, crushing, abrasion, excessive tension, or interference with mounting hardware, casework, drainage components, electrical equipment, and required accessibility clearances.

7.18.1 General

Route flexible water-supply hoses in accordance with approved product data, model-specific instructions, hydraulic diagrams, accepted component locations, and applicable Contract Documents.

Provide hose arrangements that maintain full internal flow area, protect connection joints, permit service, and avoid stress on faucet inlets, solenoid valves, filters, mixing devices, check valves, adapters, and isolation stops.

Do not use flexible hoses to compensate for materially incorrect rough-in locations, unsupported components, incompatible connection sizes, or inadequate service access.

7.18.2 Applicable Hose Assemblies

Supply-stop connectors
Solenoid inlet hoses
Solenoid outlet hoses
Faucet inlet hoses
Mixing-device connectors
Filter and strainer connectors
Check-valve connectors
Manifold branch hoses

7.18.3 Approved Hose Verification

Verify each hose is approved for the selected faucet system, potable-water application, connection type, pressure, temperature, and service environment.

Do not substitute hoses based solely on similar length, appearance, braid pattern, or connection size.

7.18.4 Hose Identification

Maintain hose identification where provided, including model, connection, flow direction, supply designation, pressure rating, temperature rating, and manufacturing information.

Match hot-, cold-, tempered-, and mixed-water hoses to the approved hydraulic configuration where multiple supplies are present.

7.18.5 Preinstallation Hose Inspection

Inspect each hose before installation for:

Cuts or punctures
Abrasion or braid damage
Kinks or flattening
Crushed ferrules
Damaged threads
Missing or damaged seals
Corrosion or staining
Internal contamination

Replace damaged, contaminated, improperly stored, or questionable hoses before connection.

7.18.6 Hose Length Selection

Select hose length that permits a relaxed connection path without stretching, sharp looping, excessive sagging, or unnecessary coiling.

Use model-specific hose lengths or approved extension assemblies where the selected system requires them.

7.18.7 Insufficient Hose Length

Do not stretch a hose to reach the connection point.

Conditions indicating insufficient length include:

  • Visible tension at connection nuts.
  • Straightened hose with no service allowance.
  • Side loading at valve or faucet ports.
  • Hose pulling components out of alignment.
  • Restricted access to connected equipment.

7.18.8 Excessive Hose Length

Avoid excessive hose length that produces uncontrolled loops, low points, entanglement, movement, abrasion, or interference with casework and drainage components.

Do not shorten factory hose assemblies by cutting, reterminating, clamping, or modifying them unless expressly permitted.

7.18.9 Approved Extensions

Where additional length is required, use an approved hose extension or revised component arrangement.

Maintain accessible extension joints and verify that added connections do not introduce excessive restriction, leakage risk, unsupported weight, or inaccessible service points.

7.18.10 Routing Plan

Establish the hose route before final tightening of connected components.

Coordinate the route with:

Faucet mounting hardware
Solenoid and control module
Supply stops and piping
Mixing devices and filters
Drain and trap assemblies
Casework and shelves
Electrical wiring and enclosures
Accessibility clearances

7.18.11 Natural Hose Path

Route each hose along a natural, relaxed path between connection points.

Permit the hose to assume its intended curvature without being pulled, compressed, wrapped around components, or forced against nearby construction.

7.18.12 Minimum Bend Radius

Maintain the minimum bend radius required by the hose manufacturer and approved faucet documentation.

Minimum Approved Bend Radius: [Insert model-specific requirement] or as indicated by approved manufacturer instructions.

Measure bend radius at the hose centerline where required by the approved installation procedure.

7.18.13 Bend Location

Do not form sharp bends immediately adjacent to hose ferrules, swivel nuts, molded ends, valve ports, or faucet inlets.

Provide a straight or gradually curving transition from each termination where required by manufacturer instructions.

7.18.14 Kink Prevention

Route hoses without kinks, creases, flattening, collapsed sections, or localized restrictions.

Replace a hose that remains visibly deformed after rerouting or removal of external pressure.

7.18.15 Twist Prevention

Prevent axial twisting during connection and final tightening.

Verify twisting has not occurred by checking:

  • Braid or reinforcement pattern.
  • Printed identification lines.
  • Natural hose curvature.
  • Swivel-nut movement.
  • Ferrule alignment.

7.18.16 Swivel Connections

Use swivel connections as intended to align the joint without rotating the hose body.

Counter-hold connected components where required while tightening swivel nuts.

7.18.17 Hose Tension

Maintain sufficient slack to prevent sustained tensile load at hose terminations.

Hose routing shall not pull on faucet inlets, solenoids, filters, mixing devices, shutoff valves, or wall-mounted concealed bodies.

7.18.18 Compression and Crushing

Protect hoses from compression between mounting plates, nuts, cabinet panels, basin flanges, pipe insulation, access covers, and adjacent components.

Do not use clamps or ties that flatten, cut, or constrict the hose.

7.18.19 Abrasion Protection

Maintain clearance from rough surfaces, sharp edges, threaded rods, masonry, unfinished metal, exposed fasteners, and moving components.

Provide approved sleeves, grommets, bushings, guards, or supports where contact cannot otherwise be avoided.

7.18.20 Opening and Penetration Protection

Where hoses pass through countertop, casework, wall, or support openings, verify edges are smooth and protected.

Openings shall be large enough to prevent rubbing, pinching, and restriction while preserving required support and finish conditions.

7.18.21 Hose Support

Support hoses where necessary to control movement, excessive sag, abrasion, or interference.

Use approved clips, guides, straps, channels, or nonabrasive supports suitable for the hose material and service environment.

7.18.22 Support Spacing

Space supports as required to maintain the intended route without creating localized compression or preventing necessary service movement.

Maximum Support Spacing: [Insert project or manufacturer requirement, where applicable].

7.18.23 Support Material

Use support materials that are smooth, corrosion resistant, moisture tolerant, and compatible with the hose jacket or braid.

Do not use wire, sharp-edged metal straps, adhesive tape, or improvised fasteners that may cut or degrade the hose.

7.18.24 Service Movement

Provide sufficient hose movement for required component inspection, filter service, solenoid removal, mixing-device adjustment, and faucet replacement.

Routing shall not require disconnection of unrelated components for routine service where the approved arrangement permits independent access.

7.18.25 Isolation-Stop Access

Route hoses so local isolation stops remain visible, operable, and accessible for connection, shutoff, inspection, and replacement.

Do not wrap hoses around valve handles or operating stems.

7.18.26 Solenoid and Filter Access

Maintain clear access to solenoid ports, filter housings, screens, cartridges, check valves, and detachable connections.

Arrange hoses so service components can be opened or removed without damaging adjacent hoses.

7.18.27 Drain and Trap Separation

Maintain clearance from drain strainers, tailpieces, overflow fittings, traps, cleanouts, waste piping, and drain-maintenance paths.

Do not route hoses beneath removable trap components where drainage service may expose them to contamination, impact, or uncontrolled water.

7.18.28 Electrical Separation

Arrange hoses to limit leakage or condensation exposure to control modules, battery holders, transformers, wiring, connectors, gateways, and receptacles.

Avoid routing pressurized hoses directly above sensitive electrical components where an alternate compliant path is available.

7.18.29 Cable Coordination

Keep hoses and electrical cables organized so they do not become twisted together, transfer movement, conceal connectors, or obstruct inspection.

Use separate supports or routing zones where required by the approved installation arrangement.

7.18.30 Heat Separation

Maintain required clearance from hot-water piping, heating equipment, lamps, transformers, motors, and other heat sources.

Do not permit hoses to rest against surfaces with temperatures exceeding approved hose limitations.

7.18.31 Chemical Exposure

Protect hoses from cleaning chemicals, solvents, adhesives, sealants, paint, corrosive vapors, and stored maintenance products.

Do not route hoses through chemical-storage areas where leakage or vapor exposure may degrade the hose assembly.

7.18.32 Casework Coordination

Route hoses clear of drawers, doors, hinges, slides, removable shelves, waste containers, access panels, and stored items.

Operate movable casework through its full range to confirm hoses are not struck, pinched, pulled, disconnected, or concealed.

7.18.33 Cabinet-Floor Conditions

Do not leave hoses loose on cabinet floors where they may be exposed to standing water, chemicals, stored objects, abrasion, or cleaning equipment.

Elevate or support hoses where cabinet-floor exposure presents a foreseeable risk.

7.18.34 Accessibility Coordination

Route hoses outside required knee and toe clearances where applicable.

Coordinate hose routing, insulation, protective covers, valves, and fittings with applicable ADA and ICC A117.1 project requirements.

7.18.35 Protective Covers

Where protective piping covers are required, arrange hoses within or behind the approved enclosure without kinking, abrasion, compression, or loss of service access.

Confirm covers can be removed and reinstalled without disturbing hydraulic connections.

7.18.36 Gang-Lavatory Routing

For gang lavatories, organize hoses by fixture identification and maintain consistent routing where field conditions permit.

Prevent hoses from crossing between adjacent faucet assemblies in a manner that creates identification, maintenance, or connection errors.

7.18.37 Shared Manifold Routing

Where faucets connect to a shared manifold, maintain orderly branch routing, individual fixture identification, accessible shutoffs, and balanced connection arrangements.

Do not allow manifold hoses to become entangled, unsupported, or routed across unrelated service components.

7.18.38 Hose Connection Alignment

Align hose end fittings squarely with mating connections before tightening.

The final route shall not impose side load, angular load, or twisting force on the joint.

7.18.39 Post-Tightening Review

Reinspect hose routing after all connections are tightened.

Confirm tightening has not:

  • Twisted the hose.
  • Reduced bend radius.
  • Pulled components out of alignment.
  • Created contact with sharp surfaces.
  • Restricted service access.
  • Moved the hose into an accessibility clearance.

7.18.40 Pressurization Observation

Observe hoses during controlled initial pressurization.

Check for:

Unexpected movement
Expansion or bulging
Joint rotation
Ferrule leakage
Hose-body leakage
Contact with adjacent components

7.18.41 Dynamic Operation Review

Observe hose behavior during repeated faucet activation, solenoid operation, flow, shutoff, and pressure recovery.

Correct whipping, vibration, chattering, rubbing, impact, or progressive movement before acceptance.

7.18.42 Leak Inspection

Inspect hose bodies, ferrules, swivel nuts, adapters, quick connections, and mating joints under static and dynamic conditions.

Replace leaking hose assemblies rather than applying external sealant, clamps, tape, or field repairs.

7.18.43 Hose Damage After Installation

Replace hoses damaged by tools, sharp edges, impact, chemicals, heat, overtightening, casework movement, or improper routing.

Do not return a visibly damaged or permanently deformed hose to service.

7.18.44 Hose Cleaning

Remove installation dust and minor surface residue using materials compatible with the hose jacket, braid, ferrules, labels, and nearby finishes.

Do not use abrasive pads, corrosive cleaners, harsh solvents, or chemicals that may weaken hose materials.

7.18.45 Post-Installation Protection

Protect installed hoses from subsequent drilling, cutting, painting, chemical storage, casework modification, and unrelated construction activity.

Protection shall not conceal leakage, trap moisture, or prevent inspection.

7.18.46 Prohibited Hose-Routing Practices

  • Stretching hoses between connection points.
  • Twisting hoses during tightening.
  • Forming sharp bends at ferrules or fittings.
  • Routing hoses with permanent kinks or flattened sections.
  • Allowing hoses to rub against sharp or rough surfaces.
  • Using hoses to support valves, filters, or solenoids.
  • Leaving excessive hose loops uncontrolled.
  • Routing hoses directly over sensitive electrical components where avoidable.
  • Placing hoses in moving casework paths.
  • Using wire or sharp ties as hose supports.
  • Field-cutting or reterminating factory hoses without approval.
  • Reducing required service or accessibility clearances.

7.18.47 Routing Deficiencies

Insufficient hose length
Excessive uncontrolled length
Kinked or flattened hose
Twisted hose
Abrasion exposure
Unsupported hose
Electrical or drain conflict
Casework interference
Leakage at ferrule or joint
Accessibility conflict

7.18.48 Corrective Work

Reroute, support, protect, realign, or replace deficient hose assemblies using approved components and methods.

Where routing deficiencies originate from incorrect component placement or rough-in location, correct the underlying condition rather than forcing the hose into an unacceptable path.

Repressurize and reinspect corrected work.

7.18.49 Final Hose-Routing Inspection

Before releasing the faucet for continued startup and commissioning, verify:

  • Correct hose type and length are installed.
  • Hoses follow relaxed, natural paths.
  • Minimum bend-radius requirements are maintained.
  • No hose is kinked, twisted, flattened, or stretched.
  • Hoses are protected from abrasion, heat, and chemicals.
  • Required support is installed without constriction.
  • Valves, filters, solenoids, and joints remain accessible.
  • Drain, electrical, and casework conflicts are resolved.
  • Accessibility clearances remain acceptable where applicable.
  • Static and dynamic leak inspections have passed.

7.18.50 Flexible Hose Routing Record

Routing Item Status Comments or Corrective Action
Approved hose type verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hose condition acceptable [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hose length appropriate [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Natural routing path maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Minimum bend radius maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
No kinks, flattening, or twisting [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
No sustained tension at connections [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Abrasion and edge protection provided [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Required hose supports installed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Drain and trap clearance maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Electrical separation acceptable [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Casework movement tested [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Service access maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Accessibility clearances maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Static and dynamic leak inspections passed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hose routing released for continued startup [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.18.51 Completion of Flexible Hose Routing

Flexible hose routing is complete when each approved hose is correctly identified, properly connected, naturally routed, adequately supported, protected from damage, accessible for service, and verified free from leakage under static and dynamic conditions.

Maintain completed hose-routing records with project quality-control, hydraulic testing, startup, and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.18 — Flexible Hose Routing Part 7.19 — Strainers, Check Valves, and Isolation Stops will address component sequence, flow direction, accessibility, cleaning, support, shutoff operation, crossflow prevention, service clearances, inspection, and acceptance.
Primary Components Strainers, Checks, Stops
Primary Responsibility Qualified Plumbing Installer
Functional Objective Protect, Isolate, Prevent Crossflow
Acceptance Condition Accessible, Operable, Leak-Free
Specifier Note Require strainers, check valves, and isolation stops to remain accessible after installation. These components shall be treated as serviceable parts of the faucet assembly rather than concealed rough-plumbing fittings. Confirm exact component inclusion and sequence for the selected faucet system.

7.19.1 General

Install strainers, filters, check valves, isolation stops, integral service valves, and related components in accordance with approved hydraulic diagrams, model-specific instructions, accepted supply conditions, and applicable Contract Documents.

Provide components required to protect solenoid valves and faucet waterways, permit local service isolation, prevent unintended crossflow, and maintain reliable system operation.

Do not omit, relocate, reverse, permanently conceal, or substitute protective and service components without approved documentation.

7.19.2 Applicable Components

Inline strainers
Integral stop strainers
Replaceable filter screens
Inline check valves
Integral check valves
Angle stops
Straight stops
Manifold isolation valves

7.19.3 Approved Component Verification

Verify each component matches the approved faucet model, supply arrangement, pressure condition, temperature condition, connection size, flow direction, and service function.

Components that appear physically interchangeable shall not be treated as functionally equivalent without confirmation from approved product data.

7.19.4 Component Identification

Maintain model markings, flow arrows, screen designations, valve-position indicators, pressure markings, and other manufacturer identification.

Position components so identification remains visible or readily accessible during service.

7.19.5 Hydraulic Sequence

Install components in the sequence shown on approved hydraulic diagrams.

Component Typical Installation Function Primary Verification
Isolation Stop Permits local shutdown. Accessible and operable.
Strainer Captures residual particulate matter. Correct direction and clean screen.
Check Valve Limits unintended reverse flow. Flow arrow and free operation.
Mixing Device Provides mixed or limited water temperature where applicable. Correct hot, cold, and mixed connections.
Solenoid Valve Controls automatic water flow. Protected from debris and correctly oriented.

7.19.6 Potable-Water Compatibility

Use components and replacement screens suitable for the intended potable-water application and compatible with connected materials.

Do not install components previously used with nonpotable, chemical, process, or contaminated systems.

7.19.7 Connection Compatibility

Confirm connection size, thread form, gasket arrangement, compression interface, and adapter requirements before assembly.

Avoid excessive adapter assemblies that reduce access, create unsupported load, or introduce unnecessary leak points.

7.19.8 Installation Location

Locate components within the approved service zone and in proximity to the faucet or mixing assembly they serve.

Maintain clearance from basin flanges, mounting hardware, drain components, electrical equipment, moving casework, and required accessibility zones.

7.19.9 Service Accessibility

Position strainers, check valves, and isolation stops for inspection, operation, cleaning, testing, removal, and replacement.

Service shall not require destructive removal of permanent construction or unnecessary disconnection of unrelated faucet components.

7.19.10 Isolation-Stop Provision

Provide an accessible local isolation stop for each required water supply unless another approved isolation arrangement is indicated.

Isolation shall permit service of the faucet, solenoid, filter, check valve, hose, and mixing device without unnecessary shutdown of unrelated fixtures.

7.19.11 Isolation-Stop Type

Install the approved angle, straight, integral, manifold, or concealed service stop indicated for the project condition.

Match stop type to piping orientation, connection arrangement, service space, accessibility, and finish requirements.

7.19.12 Isolation-Stop Orientation

Orient the stop so the handle, stem, bonnet, outlet connection, and integral screen remain accessible.

Do not position the operating mechanism against walls, basin surfaces, casework, protective covers, or adjacent components.

7.19.13 Isolation-Stop Support

Support supply piping and stop bodies so valve operation and connector tightening do not rotate or displace the rough plumbing.

Faucet hoses and solenoid connections shall not support loose or unstable isolation stops.

7.19.14 Isolation-Stop Operation

Operate each stop through its intended range before final connection.

Verify the stop:

Opens smoothly
Closes smoothly
Provides effective isolation
Does not leak at the stem
Does not rotate in the piping
Remains accessible after connection

7.19.15 Positive Isolation Verification

Verify the isolation stop reduces or stops flow sufficiently for safe component service.

Replace stops that permit unacceptable bypass, cannot be fully operated, or require excessive force.

7.19.16 Valve Position at Installation

Maintain stops in the closed position while downstream components are being installed or serviced.

Open stops gradually during controlled pressurization and final startup.

7.19.17 Integral Stop Strainers

Where isolation stops include integral strainers, verify the screen, cap, gasket, and service opening are correctly assembled.

Position the service cap so it can be removed without disconnecting unrelated piping or exposing electrical components to uncontrolled water.

7.19.18 Strainer Location

Install strainers upstream of sensitive components in the sequence indicated by the approved system design.

Do not locate the strainer where cleaning requires removal of the faucet body, countertop, basin, or permanent wall finish.

7.19.19 Strainer Flow Direction

Install directional strainers in accordance with flow arrows, inlet and outlet markings, and manufacturer instructions.

Do not reverse a strainer solely to improve access without confirmation that reverse orientation is permitted.

7.19.20 Strainer Orientation

Orient screen housings, cleanout caps, bowls, and service plugs as required for effective collection and accessible maintenance.

Maintain sufficient clearance to withdraw the screen or cartridge completely.

7.19.21 Strainer Screen Condition

Install clean, undamaged screens of the approved type.

Reject screens that are:

  • Bent or collapsed.
  • Torn or perforated.
  • Corroded.
  • Contaminated by construction residue.
  • Incorrectly sized.
  • Unable to seat properly.

7.19.22 Strainer Gaskets and Seals

Inspect screen-cap, bowl, cartridge, and housing seals before assembly.

Replace flattened, cut, twisted, hardened, swollen, contaminated, or displaced sealing components.

7.19.23 Initial Strainer Cleaning

Inspect and clean strainers after initial system flushing and again after startup where construction debris may remain.

Do not assume a newly installed strainer is clean solely because it was factory packaged.

7.19.24 Strainer Cleaning Procedure

When cleaning a strainer:

  1. Close the applicable isolation stop.
  2. Relieve trapped pressure.
  3. Protect electrical components and finishes.
  4. Remove the service cap, bowl, or screen carefully.
  5. Inspect and clean the screen using approved methods.
  6. Inspect the housing and sealing surfaces.
  7. Replace unsuitable seals.
  8. Reassemble, pressurize gradually, and inspect for leakage.

7.19.25 Strainer Debris Evaluation

Evaluate collected debris where screens repeatedly clog or flow performance declines.

Typical findings may include:

Pipe scale
Metal filings
Thread-sealant fragments
Sand or grit
Corrosion products
Mineral deposits

Investigate recurring contamination rather than relying solely on repeated screen cleaning.

7.19.26 Pressure-Drop Review

Investigate reduced faucet flow, delayed response, abnormal valve noise, or unstable operation that may indicate a restricted strainer.

Confirm the screen is clean and correctly installed before adjusting unrelated faucet components.

7.19.27 Check-Valve Provision

Install check valves where included in the approved faucet, mixing, manifold, or temperature-control arrangement.

Do not add or omit check valves without evaluating pressure loss, crossflow control, maintenance, and manufacturer requirements.

7.19.28 Check-Valve Flow Direction

Install check valves with arrows or inlet and outlet markings aligned with intended water flow.

Verify direction before the valve becomes concealed by hoses, insulation, covers, or adjacent components.

7.19.29 Check-Valve Orientation

Maintain the mounting orientation permitted for the exact check-valve design.

Where multiple orientations are permitted, select the arrangement providing suitable access, drainage protection, and connection alignment.

7.19.30 Crossflow Prevention

Confirm check valves limit unintended movement between hot, cold, tempered, mixed, manifold, or adjacent fixture supplies where required by the approved design.

Investigate temperature migration, pressure imbalance, reverse flow, or unexplained supply warming or cooling.

7.19.31 Check-Valve Accessibility

Maintain access to serviceable check valves for inspection, cleaning, testing, and replacement.

Do not permanently bury detachable or maintainable check valves in inaccessible wall or casework cavities.

7.19.32 Check-Valve Cleanliness

Maintain clean valve seats, internal moving elements, seals, and ports.

Protect check valves from construction debris and excess thread-sealing material that may prevent full opening or closure.

7.19.33 Check-Valve Operation

Verify check valves permit intended forward flow without unacceptable restriction and resist reverse flow as required by the approved system.

Replace valves that remain stuck, chatter, leak backward, or create abnormal pressure loss.

7.19.34 Component Support

Support strainers, check valves, stops, adapters, and connected piping so component weight and service forces are not carried by flexible hoses or faucet inlets.

Maintain support after service caps, screens, cartridges, or hoses are removed.

7.19.35 Connection Stress

Align connections so valve and strainer bodies are not subjected to bending, twisting, compression, or sustained side loading.

Correct rough-in alignment or hose routing rather than forcing components into position.

7.19.36 Counter-Holding

Counter-hold component bodies during connection and service where required to prevent rotation or damage.

Do not transfer tightening torque into unsupported piping, flexible hoses, solenoid bodies, faucet shanks, or concealed joints.

7.19.37 Tightening

Tighten caps, plugs, unions, connection nuts, adapters, and valve bodies in accordance with model-specific instructions.

Specified Tightening Requirement: [Insert approved torque where provided] or as required by manufacturer instructions.

7.19.38 Overtightening Prevention

Do not overtighten components where doing so may:

  • Crack valve or strainer housings.
  • Strip threads.
  • Distort screens.
  • Cut or extrude gaskets.
  • Bind internal valve elements.
  • Rotate connected piping.
  • Damage plated or coated surfaces.

7.19.39 Moisture Protection

Locate service caps, strainers, valves, and connections so routine maintenance does not discharge water onto control modules, batteries, transformers, connectors, or communication equipment.

Provide temporary water collection and component protection during cleaning and service.

7.19.40 Heat and Condensation

Coordinate components with hot-water piping, cold-water condensation, insulation, and nearby electronic equipment.

Maintain insulation and vapor protection without concealing required service caps, handles, flow arrows, or labels.

7.19.41 Accessibility Coordination

Position valves, strainers, check valves, hoses, insulation, and protective covers outside required knee and toe clearances where applicable.

Coordinate the completed assembly with applicable ADA and ICC A117.1 project requirements where applicable.

7.19.42 Protective Covers

Where accessible-lavatory pipe protection or service covers are required, arrange components so covers can be installed without obstructing operation or maintenance.

Covers shall be removable and shall not place pressure on valve handles, service caps, filters, hoses, or check-valve bodies.

7.19.43 Gang-Lavatory Installation

For multiple faucets, maintain consistent component placement and clear fixture identification where field conditions permit.

Confirm each stop, strainer, and check valve serves the intended faucet and can be serviced without disabling unrelated fixtures where the approved design permits.

7.19.44 Shared-Manifold Arrangements

Where faucets are served by a common manifold, verify individual branch isolation, directional components, service access, identification, and crossflow control.

Do not create unapproved common connections that prevent isolation of an individual faucet.

7.19.45 Controlled Pressurization

Open isolation stops gradually after component installation and connection inspection are complete.

Observe valve bodies, screen caps, check-valve joints, adapters, unions, and downstream connections continuously during initial pressurization.

7.19.46 Static Leak Inspection

Inspect all component bodies and joints under static pressure before faucet operation.

Check for leakage at:

Stop inlets and outlets
Valve stems and bonnets
Strainer caps and bowls
Check-valve joints
Adapters and unions
Integral service fittings

7.19.47 Dynamic Operation Inspection

Observe components during repeated faucet activation, flow, shutoff, and pressure recovery.

Investigate leakage, vibration, movement, chatter, whistling, flow restriction, or abnormal temperature behavior.

7.19.48 Isolation Test

Close each local isolation stop and verify the associated faucet or supply branch can be serviced safely.

Reopen stops gradually and confirm normal flow is restored without leakage or abnormal operation.

7.19.49 Check-Valve Functional Review

Review check-valve performance where crossflow prevention is required by the selected system.

Verify no evidence of unintended reverse flow, temperature migration, or pressure transfer remains after startup.

7.19.50 Strainer Service Review

Demonstrate that required screens, caps, bowls, or cartridges can be accessed and removed using normal service tools.

Confirm service can be performed without damaging finishes, wiring, hoses, cabinets, or adjacent equipment.

7.19.51 Prohibited Installation Practices

  • Omitting required strainers, check valves, or isolation stops.
  • Installing directional components backward.
  • Concealing serviceable components without access.
  • Using flexible hoses to support valves or strainers.
  • Installing damaged or contaminated screens.
  • Leaving stop handles obstructed.
  • Opening isolation stops rapidly during initial pressurization.
  • Cleaning strainers without relieving pressure.
  • Applying external sealant to repair a leaking component body.
  • Operating faucets with known clogged strainers.
  • Reducing required service or accessibility clearances.
  • Returning defective check valves or stops to service.

7.19.52 Installation Deficiencies

Inaccessible isolation stop
Inoperable or leaking stop
Reversed strainer
Clogged or damaged screen
Reversed check valve
Check valve not operating freely
Unsupported component
Connection under stress
Static or dynamic leakage
Accessibility conflict

7.19.53 Corrective Work

Reorient, clean, repair, replace, support, relocate, or reconnect deficient components using approved methods.

Replace cracked housings, damaged screens, defective check valves, leaking stops, unsuitable seals, and stripped fittings rather than concealing deficiencies.

Repressurize, retest, and reinspect corrected work.

7.19.54 Final Inspection

Before releasing the faucet system for continued commissioning, verify:

  • Required components are installed.
  • Hydraulic sequence is correct.
  • Directional components are correctly oriented.
  • Isolation stops are accessible and operable.
  • Strainer screens are clean and undamaged.
  • Check valves operate as intended.
  • Components are supported and free from connection stress.
  • Service caps and seals are properly seated.
  • Static and dynamic leak inspections have passed.
  • Accessibility and service clearances remain acceptable.

7.19.55 Verification Record

Verification Item Status Comments or Corrective Action
Required components verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hydraulic sequence verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Isolation stops accessible [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Isolation stops operate correctly [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Positive isolation verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Strainers correctly oriented [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Strainer screens clean and undamaged [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Strainer service access verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Check valves correctly oriented [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Check-valve function verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Components independently supported [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Connections free from stress [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Static leak inspection passed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Dynamic operation inspection passed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Accessibility clearances maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Service access maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Components released for continued commissioning [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.19.56 Completion of Strainer, Check-Valve, and Isolation-Stop Installation

Installation is complete when all required strainers, check valves, and isolation stops are correctly identified, oriented, supported, accessible, operable, clean, and verified free from leakage.

Maintain completed installation, cleaning, isolation, functional-test, deficiency, and acceptance records with project quality-control and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.19 — Strainers, Check Valves, and Isolation Stops Part 7.20 — Mixing Valve Installation will address hot- and cold-water connections, mixed-water outlet routing, valve orientation, support, check valves, strainers, adjustment access, pressure coordination, initial setting, temperature verification, and installation acceptance.
Primary Component Point-of-Use Mixing Valve
Primary Responsibility Qualified Plumbing Installer
Critical Coordination Supply Identity, Pressure, Temperature
Acceptance Condition Supported, Accessible, Leak-Free
Specifier Note Treat the mixing valve as a serviceable temperature-control component. Require correct hot-, cold-, and mixed-water connections, accessible strainers and check valves, independent support, adjustment access, and final temperature verification under representative operating conditions.

7.20.1 General

Install mixing valves serving commercial touchless faucets in accordance with approved product data, model-specific instructions, hydraulic diagrams, fixture schedules, accepted supply conditions, and applicable Contract Documents.

Provide complete installation including hot- and cold-water connections, mixed-water outlet connection, integral or separate strainers, check valves, adjustment devices, mounting hardware, seals, connectors, and service-access provisions included in the selected system.

Do not install, connect, adjust, or place a mixing valve into service until the serving supplies have been identified, flushed, pressure-verified, and accepted for connection.

7.20.2 Applicable Mixing-Valve Configurations

Configuration Installation Coordination
Faucet-Specific Point-of-Use Valve Coordinate with the exact faucet, solenoid, hose, and control arrangement.
Shared Lavatory-Group Valve Verify capacity, branch balancing, individual isolation, and service effects.
Integral Faucet Mixing Assembly Install in the sequence and orientation required by the faucet manufacturer.
Remote Concealed Mixing Valve Coordinate access panel, piping support, adjustment clearance, and concealed leak inspection.

7.20.3 Approved Valve Verification

Verify the mixing valve matches the approved installation requirements.

Manufacturer and model
Connection sizes
Flow capacity
Pressure range
Temperature range
Adjustment method
Check-valve arrangement
Strainer arrangement

7.20.4 Valve Identification

Maintain manufacturer labels, model markings, hot-, cold-, and mixed-water port designations, flow arrows, adjustment markings, and service information.

Position the valve so identification remains visible or readily accessible after installation.

7.20.5 Installation Readiness

Before installation, verify:

  • Hot- and cold-water supplies are correctly identified.
  • Supply piping has been flushed.
  • Connection points are clean and undamaged.
  • Water is isolated and residual pressure is relieved.
  • Supply pressures are suitable for the approved valve.
  • Supply temperatures are suitable for the approved valve.
  • Required strainers and check valves are available.
  • The valve location provides service and adjustment access.

7.20.6 Supply Identification

Confirm hot- and cold-water supplies by field verification before connecting the mixing valve.

Do not rely solely on pipe position, color, previous labeling, or assumed routing where positive identification can be completed.

7.20.7 Reversed Supplies

Correct reversed hot- and cold-water supplies before connecting or adjusting the valve.

Do not connect reversed supplies to oppositely labeled valve ports as a field workaround unless the exact valve documentation expressly permits that arrangement.

7.20.8 Valve Location

Locate the valve within the approved service zone and within suitable connection reach of the hot-, cold-, and mixed-water piping.

Maintain clearance from drains, traps, basin flanges, mounting hardware, electrical components, moving casework, stored materials, and required accessibility zones.

7.20.9 Service Accessibility

Position the valve for inspection, adjustment, isolation, strainer cleaning, check-valve service, cartridge replacement, temperature testing, and removal.

Service shall not require destructive removal of permanent construction or unnecessary disconnection of unrelated faucet components.

7.20.10 Adjustment Access

Maintain direct access to the temperature-adjustment stem, cap, handle, locking device, setting scale, or manufacturer-provided adjustment interface.

Do not position the adjustment mechanism against walls, shelves, basin surfaces, protective covers, or adjacent equipment.

7.20.11 Valve Orientation

Install the valve in an orientation permitted by approved manufacturer instructions.

Where multiple orientations are permitted, select the position providing the best access to adjustments, strainers, checks, labels, connections, and serviceable internal components.

7.20.12 Port Orientation

Connect hot water to the designated hot inlet, cold water to the designated cold inlet, and mixed water to the designated outlet.

Verify port identification immediately before assembly and after the valve is placed in its final orientation.

7.20.13 Flow Direction

Align flow arrows and directional markings with the intended water path.

Do not reverse the valve or internal directional components to accommodate improper piping alignment.

7.20.14 Independent Support

Support the mixing valve independently where required by its weight, connection arrangement, service forces, or manufacturer instructions.

Do not allow valve weight to be carried solely by flexible hoses, faucet tubing, check valves, strainers, or solenoid connections.

7.20.15 Mounting Hardware

Use manufacturer-provided or approved brackets, clips, rails, fasteners, or supports.

Secure mounting hardware to sound construction capable of resisting valve weight, adjustment force, connection torque, and routine maintenance activity.

7.20.16 Mounting Surface

Mount the valve on a clean, dry, stable, corrosion-resistant, and serviceable surface.

Do not mount directly to loose casework liners, deteriorated panels, wet substrates, removable shelves, or unsupported finish materials.

7.20.17 Connection Alignment

Align hot-, cold-, and mixed-water connections before tightening so the valve body is not subjected to bending, twisting, compression, or sustained side loading.

Correct rough-in alignment or hose routing rather than using the valve body to pull connections into position.

7.20.18 Connection Compatibility

Confirm connection size, thread form, gasket arrangement, compression interface, adapter material, and seal type before assembly.

Use only approved adapters and transition fittings suitable for the pressure, temperature, potable-water service, and connected materials.

7.20.19 Hot-Water Connection

Connect the verified hot-water supply to the designated hot-water inlet.

Protect the connection from excessive heat transfer to nearby electronic components, cables, batteries, finishes, and heat-sensitive materials.

7.20.20 Cold-Water Connection

Connect the verified cold-water supply to the designated cold-water inlet.

Coordinate insulation and condensation control so the adjustment mechanism, labels, service caps, and check valves remain accessible.

7.20.21 Mixed-Water Outlet Connection

Connect the mixed-water outlet to the downstream solenoid, faucet supply, manifold, or distribution branch shown on the approved hydraulic diagram.

Route the outlet connection without kinks, flow restrictions, unsupported weight, inaccessible joints, or unintended low points.

7.20.22 Isolation Provisions

Provide or maintain accessible isolation for hot- and cold-water supplies as required by the approved system design.

Isolation shall permit safe valve service without unnecessary shutdown of unrelated fixtures.

7.20.23 Strainer Installation

Install integral or separate inlet strainers in the approved sequence and orientation.

Verify screens, caps, gaskets, housings, and service clearances before pressurization.

Install clean screens only after upstream flushing is complete.

7.20.24 Check-Valve Installation

Install integral or separate check valves in the approved direction and sequence where included in the selected system.

Maintain access for inspection, cleaning, testing, and replacement.

7.20.25 Crossflow Control

Confirm the installed arrangement limits unintended flow between hot- and cold-water supplies where required by the approved valve design.

Investigate reverse flow, temperature migration, pressure transfer, or unexplained heating or cooling of either supply.

7.20.26 Supply-Pressure Coordination

Verify available hot- and cold-water pressures are within the approved operating range of the mixing valve.

Evaluate pressure imbalance where it may affect mixed-water temperature stability, valve response, available flow, or crossflow control.

7.20.27 Pressure Measurements

Measurement Recorded Value Status
Hot-Water Static Pressure [Insert] psi [Acceptable / Review]
Cold-Water Static Pressure [Insert] psi [Acceptable / Review]
Hot-Water Flowing Pressure [Insert / N.A.] psi [Acceptable / Review / N.A.]
Cold-Water Flowing Pressure [Insert / N.A.] psi [Acceptable / Review / N.A.]

7.20.28 Pressure-Imbalance Correction

Correct unacceptable pressure imbalance before final temperature setting.

Corrective work may include:

  • Opening partially closed isolation stops.
  • Cleaning inlet strainers.
  • Correcting pipe or hose restrictions.
  • Correcting pressure-control equipment.
  • Balancing serving branches.
  • Correcting undersized or improperly connected piping.

7.20.29 Supply-Temperature Coordination

Verify available hot- and cold-water temperatures are suitable for the approved mixing valve and intended mixed-water setting.

Allow supplies to stabilize under representative flow before recording temperatures.

7.20.30 Supply-Temperature Measurements

Supply Measured Temperature Status
Hot-Water Inlet [Insert] °F [Acceptable / Review]
Cold-Water Inlet [Insert] °F [Acceptable / Review]
Preliminary Mixed-Water Outlet [Insert] °F [Acceptable / Adjust]

7.20.31 Flexible-Connector Routing

Route hot-, cold-, and mixed-water connectors in relaxed paths without kinking, twisting, abrasion, compression, excessive tension, or unsupported weight.

Comply with Part 7.18 for detailed flexible-hose routing requirements.

7.20.32 Threaded Connections

Start threaded connections by hand where practical and use approved potable-water thread-sealing materials only where required.

Prevent excess sealing material from entering valve ports, strainers, check valves, cartridges, and mixed-water waterways.

7.20.33 Gasketed Connections

Install clean, correctly sized gaskets, O-rings, washers, and sealing inserts at gasketed connections.

Do not apply thread sealant to joints designed to seal by compression or gasket contact unless specifically required.

7.20.34 Counter-Holding

Counter-hold the valve body and connected components during tightening where necessary to prevent rotation, port damage, bracket displacement, and transfer of torque into adjacent piping.

Do not use adjustment stems, handles, cartridges, caps, or check-valve housings as counter-holding points unless expressly permitted.

7.20.35 Tightening Requirements

Tighten connections, caps, adapters, brackets, strainers, and check-valve assemblies in accordance with approved manufacturer instructions.

Specified Tightening Requirement: [Insert approved torque where provided] or as required by model-specific instructions.

7.20.36 Overtightening Prevention

Do not overtighten components where doing so may:

  • Crack or distort the valve body.
  • Strip threads.
  • Cut or extrude seals.
  • Bind internal components.
  • Rotate the valve within its bracket.
  • Damage strainers or check valves.
  • Transfer stress to connected hoses or piping.

7.20.37 Moisture Protection

Locate the valve and serviceable hydraulic components so routine adjustment or maintenance does not discharge water onto electronic controls, connectors, batteries, transformers, receptacles, or communication equipment.

Provide temporary water collection and electrical protection during service.

7.20.38 Condensation Control

Coordinate cold-water and mixed-water piping with required insulation and vapor protection.

Do not conceal adjustment devices, strainers, checks, labels, unions, or isolation stops beneath permanent insulation.

7.20.39 Heat Protection

Protect adjacent wiring, electronic modules, casework, finishes, and service personnel from excessive hot-water pipe and valve temperatures.

Install required insulation or guards without interfering with adjustment, testing, identification, or maintenance.

7.20.40 Accessibility Coordination

Position the valve, piping, hoses, strainers, check valves, insulation, and protective covers outside required knee and toe clearances where applicable.

Coordinate the completed assembly with applicable ADA and ICC A117.1 project requirements where applicable.

7.20.41 Protective Covers

Where protective piping covers are required, arrange the valve and associated components so covers can be installed and removed without altering valve settings or loading connections.

Covers shall not obstruct adjustment, isolation, testing, screen removal, or leak inspection.

7.20.42 Shared Mixing-Valve Arrangements

Where one mixing valve serves multiple faucets, verify the approved fixture quantity, flow demand, branch arrangement, supply balance, outlet temperature distribution, isolation provisions, and maintenance strategy.

Confirm adjustment or service of the shared valve will not create an uncontrolled temperature condition at connected fixtures.

7.20.43 Gang-Lavatory Coordination

For multiple individual valves, maintain consistent placement, supply identification, mixed-water routing, adjustment access, and fixture labeling where field conditions permit.

Prevent crossover of hoses or connections between adjacent faucet assemblies.

7.20.44 Prepressurization Inspection

Before opening the supplies, verify:

  • The correct mixing valve is installed.
  • Hot, cold, and mixed ports are correctly connected.
  • Flow direction and valve orientation are correct.
  • Strainers and check valves are installed.
  • Seals and gaskets are correctly seated.
  • Connections are tightened and free from stress.
  • The valve is independently supported.
  • Adjustment and service access are maintained.
  • Electrical components are protected from water.
  • The downstream faucet assembly is complete.

7.20.45 Controlled Pressurization

Open the cold-water isolation stop gradually, followed by the hot-water isolation stop, or use the sequence required by approved manufacturer instructions.

Observe the valve, strainers, checks, connections, hoses, and supports continuously during initial pressurization.

7.20.46 Static Leak Inspection

Inspect the valve body and all accessible hydraulic joints under static pressure before faucet activation.

Hot-water inlet
Cold-water inlet
Mixed-water outlet
Strainer caps
Check-valve joints
Valve-body seals

7.20.47 Dynamic Leak Inspection

Inspect the valve and connected components during repeated faucet activation, flow, shutoff, pressure recovery, and temperature stabilization.

Correct seepage, joint movement, vibration, chatter, or connection stress before temperature adjustment continues.

7.20.48 Initial Flushing Through Valve

Where permitted by approved instructions, operate the completed assembly sufficiently to remove residual air and minor installation debris.

Inspect and clean inlet strainers after initial operation where debris accumulation is observed or flow is restricted.

7.20.49 Preliminary Temperature Setting

Set the mixed-water outlet to the preliminary project temperature using the approved adjustment method.

Preliminary Mixed-Water Setting: [Insert project requirement] °F.

Treat this setting as preliminary until final temperature testing is completed under representative operating conditions.

7.20.50 Temperature Measurement

Measure mixed-water temperature at the faucet outlet using a suitable calibrated instrument.

Allow the temperature to stabilize and record the operating condition, inlet temperatures, flow condition, and measured outlet temperature.

7.20.51 Adjustment Control

Adjust the valve gradually and avoid rapid or excessive movement of the setting mechanism.

Do not force the adjustment beyond its intended operating range.

7.20.52 Setting Lock

Secure the adjustment using the factory locknut, cap, retaining screw, tamper-resistant feature, or other approved setting-control device where provided.

Verify locking the setting does not alter the measured outlet temperature.

7.20.53 Temperature Stability Review

Observe mixed-water temperature during representative faucet operating cycles.

Investigate:

Temperature drift
Slow stabilization
Sudden temperature change
Insufficient hot-water contribution
Insufficient cold-water contribution
Pressure-dependent fluctuation

7.20.54 Simultaneous-Demand Review

Where supply conditions may vary, review mixed-water temperature during representative simultaneous fixture demand.

Correct unacceptable temperature variation caused by pressure imbalance, branch restriction, undersized piping, shared-valve capacity, or unstable source temperatures.

7.20.55 Abnormal Operation

Investigate abnormal noise, vibration, chatter, restricted flow, unstable temperature, reversed temperature response, delayed stabilization, or repeated setting drift.

Verify supply identity, pressures, temperatures, strainers, checks, flow direction, valve orientation, cartridge condition, and downstream restrictions before replacing the valve.

7.20.56 Valve Labeling

Label the valve where required to identify the served faucet or fixture group, preliminary setting, adjustment date, and responsible installer.

Use durable labels suitable for the installation environment without covering manufacturer markings or service access.

7.20.57 Tamper Protection

Install tamper-resistant caps, locks, fasteners, enclosures, or protected access provisions where required by the Contract Documents.

Maintain authorized maintenance access to adjustment and service components.

7.20.58 Prohibited Installation Practices

  • Connecting hot and cold supplies to the wrong ports.
  • Installing the valve opposite the indicated flow direction.
  • Omitting required strainers or check valves.
  • Supporting the valve solely from flexible hoses.
  • Concealing adjustment or service components without access.
  • Using the valve body to pull misaligned connections together.
  • Applying excess sealant that can enter the waterway.
  • Adjusting the valve before supplies are stabilized.
  • Forcing the adjustment beyond its intended range.
  • Leaving the setting unlocked where a locking device is provided.
  • Placing the valve within required accessibility clearances.
  • Returning a leaking or unstable valve to service.

7.20.59 Installation Deficiencies

Reversed hot and cold supplies
Incorrect valve orientation
Unsupported valve body
Connection under stress
Missing or clogged strainer
Missing or reversed check valve
Static or dynamic leakage
Restricted adjustment access
Unstable mixed-water temperature
Accessibility conflict

7.20.60 Corrective Work

Reconnect, reorient, support, clean, adjust, repair, relocate, or replace deficient valve components using approved methods.

Replace cracked bodies, damaged seals, defective cartridges, unsuitable strainers, failed check valves, stripped fittings, or damaged adjustment components rather than concealing deficiencies.

Repressurize, retest, and reinspect corrected work.

7.20.61 Final Installation Inspection

Before releasing the valve for final temperature-performance testing, verify:

  • The approved valve is installed.
  • Hot, cold, and mixed connections are correct.
  • Flow direction and orientation are correct.
  • The valve and connected components are supported.
  • Required strainers and check valves are installed and clean.
  • Connections are free from stress and leakage.
  • Adjustment and service access are maintained.
  • Preliminary temperature setting is recorded and secured.
  • Moisture, heat, and accessibility coordination are acceptable.
  • The valve is ready for final performance verification.

7.20.62 Mixing Valve Installation Record

Verification Item Status Measurement or Comments
Approved valve model verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hot- and cold-water supplies identified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hot, cold, and mixed ports correctly connected [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Valve orientation and flow direction correct [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Valve independently supported [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Adjustment access maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Service access maintained [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Required strainers installed and clean [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Required check valves installed correctly [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Hot-water inlet temperature recorded [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert] °F
Cold-water inlet temperature recorded [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert] °F
Supply-pressure relationship reviewed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Static leak inspection passed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Dynamic leak inspection passed [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Preliminary mixed-water temperature recorded [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert] °F
Adjustment setting secured [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Accessibility coordination verified [Pass / Fail / N.A.] [Insert]
Valve released for final performance testing [Yes / No] [Authorized by]

7.20.63 Completion of Mixing Valve Installation

Mixing-valve installation is complete when the approved valve is correctly identified, oriented, connected, supported, accessible, protected, preliminarily adjusted, and verified free from leakage under static and dynamic conditions.

Maintain installation, pressure, temperature, adjustment, leak-inspection, deficiency, and release records with project quality-control and commissioning documentation.

End of Part 7.20 — Mixing Valve Installation Part 7.21 — Thermostatic Limiting Devices will address device selection, installation location, maximum-temperature control, adjustment limits, failure response, supply-loss behavior, tamper resistance, temperature testing, documentation, and final acceptance.